Mode Setting Helper Functions¶

The DRM subsystem aims for a strong separation between core code and helper libraries. Core code takes care of general setup and teardown and decoding userspace requests to kernel internal objects. Everything else is handled by a large set of helper libraries, which can be combined freely to pick and choose for each driver what fits, and avoid shared code where special behaviour is needed.

This distinction between core code and helpers is especially strong in the modesetting code, where there’s a shared userspace ABI for all drivers. This is in contrast to the render side, where pretty much everything (with very few exceptions) can be considered optional helper code.

There are a few areas these helpers can grouped into:

Helpers to implement modesetting. The important ones here are the atomic helpers. Old drivers still often use the legacy CRTC helpers. They both share the same set of common helper vtables. For really simple drivers (anything that would have been a great fit in the deprecated fbdev subsystem) there’s also the simple display pipe helpers.
There’s a big pile of helpers for handling outputs. First the generic bridge helpers for handling encoder and transcoder IP blocks. Second the panel helpers for handling panel-related information and logic. Plus then a big set of helpers for the various sink standards (DisplayPort, HDMI, MIPI DSI). Finally there’s also generic helpers for handling output probing, and for dealing with EDIDs.
The last group of helpers concerns itself with the frontend side of a display pipeline: Planes, handling rectangles for visibility checking and scissoring, flip queues and assorted bits.

Modeset Helper Reference for Common Vtables¶

The DRM mode setting helper functions are common code for drivers to use if they wish. Drivers are not forced to use this code in their implementations but it would be useful if the code they do use at least provides a consistent interface and operation to userspace. Therefore it is highly recommended to use the provided helpers as much as possible.

Because there is only one pointer per modeset object to hold a vfunc table for helper libraries they are by necessity shared among the different helpers.

To make this clear all the helper vtables are pulled together in this location here.

struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs¶: helper operations for CRTCs

Definition:

struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs {
    void (*dpms)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int mode);
    void (*prepare)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
    void (*commit)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
    enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
    bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
    int (*mode_set)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_display_mode *mode,struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb);
    void (*mode_set_nofb)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
    int (*mode_set_base)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb);
    int (*mode_set_base_atomic)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int x, int y, enum mode_set_atomic);
    void (*disable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc);
    int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_begin)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_flush)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    bool (*get_scanout_position)(struct drm_crtc *crtc,bool in_vblank_irq, int *vpos, int *hpos,ktime_t *stime, ktime_t *etime, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
};

Members

dpms

Callback to control power levels on the CRTC. If the mode passed in is unsupported, the provider must use the next lowest power level. This is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to implement DPMS functionality in drm_helper_connector_dpms().

This callback is also used to disable a CRTC by calling it with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF if the disable hook isn’t used.

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling and disabling a CRTC to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead atomic_enable and atomic_disable should be used.

prepare

This callback should prepare the CRTC for a subsequent modeset, which in practice means the driver should disable the CRTC if it is running. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for disabling a CRTC to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead atomic_disable should be used.

commit

This callback should commit the new mode on the CRTC after a modeset, which in practice means the driver should enable the CRTC. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON.

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling a CRTC to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead atomic_enable should be used.

mode_valid

This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in this crtc. This should be implemented if the crtc has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given crtc may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed.

This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().

This function is optional.

NOTE:

Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardware constraints. Any further limits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked in mode_fixup or atomic_check.

RETURNS:

drm_mode_status Enum

mode_fixup

This callback is used to validate a mode. The parameter mode is the display mode that userspace requested, adjusted_mode is the mode the encoders need to be fed with. Note that this is the inverse semantics of the meaning for the drm_encoder and drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup vfunc. If the CRTC cannot support the requested conversion from mode to adjusted_mode it should reject the modeset. See also drm_crtc_state.adjusted_mode for more details.

This function is used by both legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. With atomic helpers it is optional.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, which can be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request to just check whether a configuration would be possible). Atomic drivers MUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or data structures except the passed in adjusted_mode parameter.

This is in contrast to the legacy CRTC helpers where this was allowed.

Atomic drivers which need to inspect and adjust more state should instead use the atomic_check callback, but note that they’re not perfectly equivalent: mode_valid is called from drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(), but atomic_check is called from drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(), because originally it was meant for plane update checks only.

Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any CRTC constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.

RETURNS:

True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modeset operation should be rejected.

mode_set

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to set a new mode, position and framebuffer. Since it ties the primary plane to every mode change it is incompatible with universal plane support. And since it can’t update other planes it’s incompatible with atomic modeset support.

This callback is only used by CRTC helpers and deprecated.

RETURNS:

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

mode_set_nofb

This callback is used to update the display mode of a CRTC without changing anything of the primary plane configuration. This fits the requirement of atomic and hence is used by the atomic helpers.

Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function is called. Atomic drivers which need hardware to be running before they program the new display mode (e.g. because they implement runtime PM) should not use this hook. This is because the helper library calls this hook only once per mode change and not every time the display pipeline is suspended using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property. Which means register values set in this callback might get reset when the CRTC is suspended, but not restored. Such drivers should instead move all their CRTC setup into the atomic_enable callback.

This callback is optional.

mode_set_base

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers to set a new framebuffer and scanout position. It is optional and used as an optimized fast-path instead of a full mode set operation with all the resulting flickering. If it is not present drm_crtc_helper_set_config() will fall back to a full modeset, using the mode_set callback. Since it can’t update other planes it’s incompatible with atomic modeset support.

This callback is only used by the CRTC helpers and deprecated.

RETURNS:

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

mode_set_base_atomic

This callback is used by the fbdev helpers to set a new framebuffer and scanout without sleeping, i.e. from an atomic calling context. It is only used to implement kgdb support.

This callback is optional and only needed for kgdb support in the fbdev helpers.

RETURNS:

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

disable

This callback should be used to disable the CRTC. With the atomic drivers it is called after all encoders connected to this CRTC have been shut off already using their own drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This hook is used both by legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the CRTC level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works disable must be the inverse of atomic_enable for atomic drivers. Atomic drivers should consider to use atomic_disable instead of this one.

NOTE:

With legacy CRTC helpers there’s a big semantic difference between disable and other hooks (like prepare or dpms) used to shut down a CRTC: disable is only called when also logically disabling the display pipeline and needs to release any resources acquired in mode_set (like shared PLLs, or again release pinned framebuffers).

Therefore disable must be the inverse of mode_set plus commit for drivers still using legacy CRTC helpers, which is different from the rules under atomic.

atomic_check

Drivers should check plane-update related CRTC constraints in this hook. They can also check mode related limitations but need to be aware of the calling order, since this hook is used by drm_atomic_helper_check_planes() whereas the preparations needed to check output routing and the display mode is done in drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). Therefore drivers that want to check output routing and display mode constraints in this callback must ensure that drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset() has been called beforehand. This is calling order used by the default helper implementation in drm_atomic_helper_check().

When using drm_atomic_helper_check_planes() this hook is called after the drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check hook for planes, which allows drivers to assign shared resources requested by planes in this callback here. For more complicated dependencies the driver can call the provided check helpers multiple times until the computed state has a final configuration and everything has been checked.

This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state and can add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care must be taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions for these added states are all called, and derived state in other objects all updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpers until a maximal configuration is reached.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state object passed-in.

Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any CRTC constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.

RETURNS:

0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a drm_modeset_lock deadlock.

atomic_begin

Drivers should prepare for an atomic update of multiple planes on a CRTC in this hook. Depending upon hardware this might be vblank evasion, blocking updates by setting bits or doing preparatory work for e.g. manual update display.

This hook is called before any plane commit functions are called.

Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional.

atomic_flush

Drivers should finalize an atomic update of multiple planes on a CRTC in this hook. Depending upon hardware this might include checking that vblank evasion was successful, unblocking updates by setting bits or setting the GO bit to flush out all updates.

Simple hardware or hardware with special requirements can commit and flush out all updates for all planes from this hook and forgo all the other commit hooks for plane updates.

This hook is called after any plane commit functions are called.

Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional.

atomic_enable

This callback should be used to enable the CRTC. With the atomic drivers it is called before all encoders connected to this CRTC are enabled through the encoder’s own drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This hook is used only by atomic helpers, for symmetry with atomic_disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to enable anything at the CRTC level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works atomic_enable must be the inverse of atomic_disable for atomic drivers.

This function is optional.

atomic_disable

This callback should be used to disable the CRTC. With the atomic drivers it is called after all encoders connected to this CRTC have been shut off already using their own drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own hooks and call it from this CRTC callback here by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This hook is used only by atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the CRTC level.

This function is optional.

get_scanout_position

Called by vblank timestamping code.

Returns the current display scanout position from a CRTC and an optional accurate ktime_get() timestamp of when the position was measured. Note that this is a helper callback which is only used if a driver uses drm_crtc_vblank_helper_get_vblank_timestamp() for the drm_crtc_funcs.get_vblank_timestamp callback.

Parameters:

crtc:: The CRTC.
in_vblank_irq:: True when called from drm_crtc_handle_vblank(). Some drivers need to apply some workarounds for gpu-specific vblank irq quirks if the flag is set.
vpos:: Target location for current vertical scanout position.
hpos:: Target location for current horizontal scanout position.
stime:: Target location for timestamp taken immediately before scanout position query. Can be NULL to skip timestamp.
etime:: Target location for timestamp taken immediately after scanout position query. Can be NULL to skip timestamp.
mode:: Current display timings.

Returns vpos as a positive number while in active scanout area. Returns vpos as a negative number inside vblank, counting the number of scanlines to go until end of vblank, e.g., -1 means “one scanline until start of active scanout / end of vblank.”

Returns:

True on success, false if a reliable scanout position counter could not be read out.

Description

These hooks are used by the legacy CRTC helpers and the new atomic modesetting helpers.

void drm_crtc_helper_add(struct drm_crtc *crtc, const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs *funcs)¶: sets the helper vtable for a crtc

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: DRM CRTC
const struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs *funcs: helper vtable to set for crtc

struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs¶: helper operations for encoders

Definition:

struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs {
    void (*dpms)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, int mode);
    enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_encoder *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
    bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
    void (*prepare)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
    void (*commit)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
    void (*mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
    void (*atomic_mode_set)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state);
    enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_connector *connector);
    void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*disable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
    void (*enable)(struct drm_encoder *encoder);
    int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_encoder *encoder,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state);
};

Members

dpms

Callback to control power levels on the encoder. If the mode passed in is unsupported, the provider must use the next lowest power level. This is used by the legacy encoder helpers to implement DPMS functionality in drm_helper_connector_dpms().

This callback is also used to disable an encoder by calling it with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF if the disable hook isn’t used.

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling and disabling an encoder to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead enable and disable should be used.

mode_valid

This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in this encoder. This should be implemented if the encoder has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given encoder may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed.

This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().

This function is optional.

NOTE:

Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardware constraints. Any further limits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked in mode_fixup or atomic_check.

RETURNS:

drm_mode_status Enum

mode_fixup

This callback is used to validate and adjust a mode. The parameter mode is the display mode that should be fed to the next element in the display chain, either the final drm_connector or a drm_bridge. The parameter adjusted_mode is the input mode the encoder requires. It can be modified by this callback and does not need to match mode. See also drm_crtc_state.adjusted_mode for more details.

This function is used by both legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. This hook is optional.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, which can be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request to just check whether a configuration would be possible). Atomic drivers MUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or data structures except the passed in adjusted_mode parameter.

This is in contrast to the legacy CRTC helpers where this was allowed.

Atomic drivers which need to inspect and adjust more state should instead use the atomic_check callback. If atomic_check is used, this hook isn’t called since atomic_check allows a strict superset of the functionality of mode_fixup.

Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any encoder constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.

RETURNS:

True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modeset operation should be rejected.

prepare

This callback should prepare the encoder for a subsequent modeset, which in practice means the driver should disable the encoder if it is running. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for disabling an encoder to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead disable should be used.

commit

This callback should commit the new mode on the encoder after a modeset, which in practice means the driver should enable the encoder. Most drivers ended up implementing this by calling their dpms hook with DRM_MODE_DPMS_ON.

This callback is used by the legacy CRTC helpers. Atomic helpers also support using this hook for enabling an encoder to facilitate transitions to atomic, but it is deprecated. Instead enable should be used.

mode_set

This callback is used to update the display mode of an encoder.

Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function is called. Drivers which need hardware to be running before they program the new display mode (because they implement runtime PM) should not use this hook, because the helper library calls it only once and not every time the display pipeline is suspend using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property. Such drivers should instead move all their encoder setup into the enable callback.

This callback is used both by the legacy CRTC helpers and the atomic modeset helpers. It is optional in the atomic helpers.

NOTE:

If the driver uses the atomic modeset helpers and needs to inspect the connector state or connector display info during mode setting, atomic_mode_set can be used instead.

atomic_mode_set

This callback is used to update the display mode of an encoder.

Note that the display pipe is completely off when this function is called. Drivers which need hardware to be running before they program the new display mode (because they implement runtime PM) should not use this hook, because the helper library calls it only once and not every time the display pipeline is suspended using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property. Such drivers should instead move all their encoder setup into the enable callback.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers in place of the mode_set callback, if set by the driver. It is optional and should be used instead of mode_set if the driver needs to inspect the connector state or display info, since there is no direct way to go from the encoder to the current connector.

detect

This callback can be used by drivers who want to do detection on the encoder object instead of in connector functions.

It is not used by any helper and therefore has purely driver-specific semantics. New drivers shouldn’t use this and instead just implement their own private callbacks.

FIXME:

This should just be converted into a pile of driver vfuncs. Currently radeon, amdgpu and nouveau are using it.

atomic_disable

This callback should be used to disable the encoder. With the atomic drivers it is called before this encoder’s CRTC has been shut off using their own drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_disable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This callback is a variant of disable that provides the atomic state to the driver. If atomic_disable is implemented, disable is not called by the helpers.

This hook is only used by atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works atomic_disable must be the inverse of atomic_enable.

atomic_enable

This callback should be used to enable the encoder. It is called after this encoder’s CRTC has been enabled using their own drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_enable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This callback is a variant of enable that provides the atomic state to the driver. If atomic_enable is implemented, enable is not called by the helpers.

This hook is only used by atomic helpers, it is the opposite of atomic_disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to enable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling works atomic_enable must be the inverse of atomic_disable.

disable

This callback should be used to disable the encoder. With the atomic drivers it is called before this encoder’s CRTC has been shut off using their own drm_crtc_helper_funcs.disable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This hook is used both by legacy CRTC helpers and atomic helpers. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to disable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works disable must be the inverse of enable for atomic drivers.

For atomic drivers also consider atomic_disable and save yourself from having to read the NOTE below!

NOTE:

With legacy CRTC helpers there’s a big semantic difference between disable and other hooks (like prepare or dpms) used to shut down a encoder: disable is only called when also logically disabling the display pipeline and needs to release any resources acquired in mode_set (like shared PLLs, or again release pinned framebuffers).

Therefore disable must be the inverse of mode_set plus commit for drivers still using legacy CRTC helpers, which is different from the rules under atomic.

enable

This callback should be used to enable the encoder. With the atomic drivers it is called after this encoder’s CRTC has been enabled using their own drm_crtc_helper_funcs.enable hook. If that sequence is too simple drivers can just add their own driver private encoder hooks and call them from CRTC’s callback by looping over all encoders connected to it using for_each_encoder_on_crtc().

This hook is only used by atomic helpers, it is the opposite of disable. Atomic drivers don’t need to implement it if there’s no need to enable anything at the encoder level. To ensure that runtime PM handling (using either DPMS or the new “ACTIVE” property) works enable must be the inverse of disable for atomic drivers.

atomic_check

This callback is used to validate encoder state for atomic drivers. Since the encoder is the object connecting the CRTC and connector it gets passed both states, to be able to validate interactions and update the CRTC to match what the encoder needs for the requested connector.

Since this provides a strict superset of the functionality of mode_fixup (the requested and adjusted modes are both available through the passed in struct drm_crtc_state) mode_fixup is not called when atomic_check is implemented.

This function is used by the atomic helpers, but it is optional.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall drm_atomic_state update tracking structure.

Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any encoder constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.

RETURNS:

0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a drm_modeset_lock deadlock.

Description

These hooks are used by the legacy CRTC helpers and the new atomic modesetting helpers.

void drm_encoder_helper_add(struct drm_encoder *encoder, const struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs *funcs)¶: sets the helper vtable for an encoder

Parameters

struct drm_encoder *encoder: DRM encoder
const struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs *funcs: helper vtable to set for encoder

struct drm_connector_helper_funcs¶: helper operations for connectors

Definition:

struct drm_connector_helper_funcs {
    int (*get_modes)(struct drm_connector *connector);
    int (*detect_ctx)(struct drm_connector *connector,struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, bool force);
    enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_display_mode *mode);
    int (*mode_valid_ctx)(struct drm_connector *connector,struct drm_display_mode *mode,struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, enum drm_mode_status *status);
    struct drm_encoder *(*best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector);
    struct drm_encoder *(*atomic_best_encoder)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_commit)(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    int (*prepare_writeback_job)(struct drm_writeback_connector *connector, struct drm_writeback_job *job);
    void (*cleanup_writeback_job)(struct drm_writeback_connector *connector, struct drm_writeback_job *job);
    void (*enable_hpd)(struct drm_connector *connector);
    void (*disable_hpd)(struct drm_connector *connector);
};

Members

get_modes

This function should fill in all modes currently valid for the sink into the drm_connector.probed_modes list. It should also update the EDID property by calling drm_connector_update_edid_property().

The usual way to implement this is to cache the EDID retrieved in the probe callback somewhere in the driver-private connector structure. In this function drivers then parse the modes in the EDID and add them by calling drm_add_edid_modes(). But connectors that drive a fixed panel can also manually add specific modes using drm_mode_probed_add(). Drivers which manually add modes should also make sure that the drm_connector.display_info, drm_connector.width_mm and drm_connector.height_mm fields are filled in.

Note that the caller function will automatically add standard VESA DMT modes up to 1024x768 if the .get_modes() helper operation returns no mode and if the connector status is connector_status_connected or connector_status_unknown. There is no need to call drm_add_modes_noedid() manually in that case.

Virtual drivers that just want some standard VESA mode with a given resolution can call drm_add_modes_noedid(), and mark the preferred one using drm_set_preferred_mode().

This function is only called after the detect hook has indicated that a sink is connected and when the EDID isn’t overridden through sysfs or the kernel commandline.

This callback is used by the probe helpers in e.g. drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().

To avoid races with concurrent connector state updates, the helper libraries always call this with the drm_mode_config.connection_mutex held. Because of this it’s safe to inspect drm_connector->state.

RETURNS:

The number of modes added by calling drm_mode_probed_add(). Return 0 on failures (no modes) instead of negative error codes.

detect_ctx

Check to see if anything is attached to the connector. The parameter force is set to false whilst polling, true when checking the connector due to a user request. force can be used by the driver to avoid expensive, destructive operations during automated probing.

This callback is optional, if not implemented the connector will be considered as always being attached.

This is the atomic version of drm_connector_funcs.detect.

To avoid races against concurrent connector state updates, the helper libraries always call this with ctx set to a valid context, and drm_mode_config.connection_mutex will always be locked with the ctx parameter set to this ctx. This allows taking additional locks as required.

RETURNS:

drm_connector_status indicating the connector’s status, or the error code returned by drm_modeset_lock(), -EDEADLK.

mode_valid

Callback to validate a mode for a connector, irrespective of the specific display configuration.

This callback is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list (which is usually derived from the EDID data block from the sink). See e.g. drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().

This function is optional.

NOTE:

This only filters the mode list supplied to userspace in the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL. Compared to drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid, drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_valid and drm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid, which are also called by the atomic helpers from drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). This allows userspace to force and ignore sink constraint (like the pixel clock limits in the screen’s EDID), which is useful for e.g. testing, or working around a broken EDID. Any source hardware constraint (which always need to be enforced) therefore should be checked in one of the above callbacks, and not this one here.

To avoid races with concurrent connector state updates, the helper libraries always call this with the drm_mode_config.connection_mutex held. Because of this it’s safe to inspect drm_connector->state.

RETURNS:

Either drm_mode_status.MODE_OK or one of the failure reasons in enum drm_mode_status.

mode_valid_ctx

Callback to validate a mode for a connector, irrespective of the specific display configuration.

This callback is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list (which is usually derived from the EDID data block from the sink). See e.g. drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().

This function is optional, and is the atomic version of drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid.

To allow for accessing the atomic state of modesetting objects, the helper libraries always call this with ctx set to a valid context, and drm_mode_config.connection_mutex will always be locked with the ctx parameter set to ctx. This allows for taking additional locks as required.

Even though additional locks may be acquired, this callback is still expected not to take any constraints into account which would be influenced by the currently set display state - such constraints should be handled in the driver’s atomic check. For example, if a connector shares display bandwidth with other connectors then it would be ok to validate the minimum bandwidth requirement of a mode against the maximum possible bandwidth of the connector. But it wouldn’t be ok to take the current bandwidth usage of other connectors into account, as this would change depending on the display state.

Returns: 0 if drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid_ctx succeeded and wrote the enum drm_mode_status value to status, or a negative error code otherwise.

best_encoder

This function should select the best encoder for the given connector.

This function is used by both the atomic helpers (in the drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset() function) and in the legacy CRTC helpers.

NOTE:

In atomic drivers this function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change or inspect anything outside of arguments passed-in. Atomic drivers which need to inspect dynamic configuration state should instead use atomic_best_encoder.

You can leave this function to NULL if the connector is only attached to a single encoder. In this case, the core will call drm_connector_get_single_encoder() for you.

RETURNS:

Encoder that should be used for the given connector and connector state, or NULL if no suitable encoder exists. Note that the helpers will ensure that encoders aren’t used twice, drivers should not check for this.

atomic_best_encoder

This is the atomic version of best_encoder for atomic drivers which need to select the best encoder depending upon the desired configuration and can’t select it statically.

This function is used by drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(). If it is not implemented, the core will fallback to best_encoder (or drm_connector_get_single_encoder() if best_encoder is NULL).

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the drm_atomic_state update tracking structure passed in.

RETURNS:

Encoder that should be used for the given connector and connector state, or NULL if no suitable encoder exists. Note that the helpers will ensure that encoders aren’t used twice, drivers should not check for this.

atomic_check

This hook is used to validate connector state. This function is called from drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset, and is called when a connector property is set, or a modeset on the crtc is forced.

Because drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset may be called multiple times, this function should handle being called multiple times as well.

This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state and can add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care must be taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions for these added states are all called, and derived state in other objects all updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpers until a maximal configuration is reached.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the free-standing state objects passed-in or assembled in the overall drm_atomic_state update tracking structure.

RETURNS:

0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a drm_modeset_lock deadlock.

atomic_commit

This hook is to be used by drivers implementing writeback connectors that need a point when to commit the writeback job to the hardware. The writeback_job to commit is available in the new connector state, in drm_connector_state.writeback_job.

This hook is optional.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers.

prepare_writeback_job

As writeback jobs contain a framebuffer, drivers may need to prepare and clean them up the same way they can prepare and clean up framebuffers for planes. This optional connector operation is used to support the preparation of writeback jobs. The job prepare operation is called from drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes() for struct drm_writeback_connector connectors only.

This operation is optional.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers.

cleanup_writeback_job

This optional connector operation is used to support the cleanup of writeback jobs. The job cleanup operation is called from the existing drm_writeback_cleanup_job() function, invoked both when destroying the job as part of an aborted commit, or when the job completes.

This operation is optional.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers.

enable_hpd

Enable hot-plug detection for the connector.

This operation is optional.

This callback is used by the drm_kms_helper_poll_enable() helpers.

This operation does not need to perform any hpd state tracking as the DRM core handles that maintenance and ensures the calls to enable and disable hpd are balanced.

disable_hpd

Disable hot-plug detection for the connector.

This operation is optional.

This callback is used by the drm_kms_helper_poll_disable() helpers.

This operation does not need to perform any hpd state tracking as the DRM core handles that maintenance and ensures the calls to enable and disable hpd are balanced.

Description

These functions are used by the atomic and legacy modeset helpers and by the probe helpers.

void drm_connector_helper_add(struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_connector_helper_funcs *funcs)¶: sets the helper vtable for a connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: DRM connector
const struct drm_connector_helper_funcs *funcs: helper vtable to set for connector

struct drm_plane_helper_funcs¶: helper operations for planes

Definition:

struct drm_plane_helper_funcs {
    int (*prepare_fb)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_state);
    void (*cleanup_fb)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *old_state);
    int (*begin_fb_access)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state);
    void (*end_fb_access)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state);
    int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_update)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    int (*atomic_async_check)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    void (*atomic_async_update)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    int (*get_scanout_buffer)(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_scanout_buffer *sb);
    void (*panic_flush)(struct drm_plane *plane);
};

Members

prepare_fb

This hook is to prepare a framebuffer for scanout by e.g. pinning its backing storage or relocating it into a contiguous block of VRAM. Other possible preparatory work includes flushing caches.

This function must not block for outstanding rendering, since it is called in the context of the atomic IOCTL even for async commits to be able to return any errors to userspace. Instead the recommended way is to fill out the drm_plane_state.fence of the passed-in drm_plane_state. If the driver doesn’t support native fences then equivalent functionality should be implemented through private members in the plane structure.

For GEM drivers who neither have a prepare_fb nor cleanup_fb hook set drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb() is called automatically to implement this. Other drivers which need additional plane processing can call drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb() from their prepare_fb hook.

The resources acquired in prepare_fb persist after the end of the atomic commit. Resources that can be release at the commit’s end should be acquired in begin_fb_access and released in end_fb_access. For example, a GEM buffer’s pin operation belongs into prepare_fb to keep the buffer pinned after the commit. But a vmap operation for shadow-plane helpers belongs into begin_fb_access, so that atomic helpers remove the mapping at the end of the commit.

The helpers will call cleanup_fb with matching arguments for every successful call to this hook.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional. See begin_fb_access for preparing per-commit resources.

RETURNS:

0 on success or one of the following negative error codes allowed by the drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit vfunc. When using helpers this callback is the only one which can fail an atomic commit, everything else must complete successfully.

cleanup_fb

This hook is called to clean up any resources allocated for the given framebuffer and plane configuration in prepare_fb.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional.

begin_fb_access

This hook prepares the plane for access during an atomic commit. In contrast to prepare_fb, resources acquired in begin_fb_access, are released at the end of the atomic commit in end_fb_access.

For example, with shadow-plane helpers, the GEM buffer’s vmap operation belongs into begin_fb_access, so that the buffer’s memory will be unmapped at the end of the commit in end_fb_access. But a GEM buffer’s pin operation belongs into prepare_fb to keep the buffer pinned after the commit.

The callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional. See end_fb_cleanup for undoing the effects of begin_fb_access and prepare_fb for acquiring resources until the next pageflip.

Returns: 0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

end_fb_access

This hook cleans up resources allocated by begin_fb_access. It it called at the end of a commit for the new plane state.

atomic_check

Drivers should check plane specific constraints in this hook.

When using drm_atomic_helper_check_planes() plane’s atomic_check hooks are called before the ones for CRTCs, which allows drivers to request shared resources that the CRTC controls here. For more complicated dependencies the driver can call the provided check helpers multiple times until the computed state has a final configuration and everything has been checked.

This function is also allowed to inspect any other object’s state and can add more state objects to the atomic commit if needed. Care must be taken though to ensure that state check and compute functions for these added states are all called, and derived state in other objects all updated. Again the recommendation is to just call check helpers until a maximal configuration is reached.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update. The driver is not allowed to change anything outside of the drm_atomic_state update tracking structure.

RETURNS:

0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a drm_modeset_lock deadlock.

atomic_update

Drivers should use this function to update the plane state. This hook is called in-between the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_begin and drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks.

Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional.

atomic_enable

Drivers should use this function to unconditionally enable a plane. This hook is called in-between the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_begin and drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks. It is called after atomic_update, which will be called for all enabled planes. Drivers that use atomic_enable should set up a plane in atomic_update and afterwards enable the plane in atomic_enable. If a plane needs to be enabled before installing the scanout buffer, drivers can still do so in atomic_update.

Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional. If implemented, atomic_enable should be the inverse of atomic_disable. Drivers that don’t want to use either can still implement the complete plane update in atomic_update.

atomic_disable

Drivers should use this function to unconditionally disable a plane. This hook is called in-between the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_begin and drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_flush callbacks. It is an alternative to atomic_update, which will be called for disabling planes, too, if the atomic_disable hook isn’t implemented.

This hook is also useful to disable planes in preparation of a modeset, by calling drm_atomic_helper_disable_planes_on_crtc() from the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.disable hook.

Note that the power state of the display pipe when this function is called depends upon the exact helpers and calling sequence the driver has picked. See drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() for a discussion of the tradeoffs and variants of plane commit helpers.

This callback is used by the atomic modeset helpers, but it is optional. It’s intended to reverse the effects of atomic_enable.

atomic_async_check

Drivers should set this function pointer to check if the plane’s atomic state can be updated in a async fashion. Here async means “not vblank synchronized”.

This hook is called by drm_atomic_async_check() to establish if a given update can be committed asynchronously, that is, if it can jump ahead of the state currently queued for update.

RETURNS:

Return 0 on success and any error returned indicates that the update can not be applied in asynchronous manner.

atomic_async_update

Drivers should set this function pointer to perform asynchronous updates of planes, that is, jump ahead of the currently queued state and update the plane. Here async means “not vblank synchronized”.

This hook is called by drm_atomic_helper_async_commit().

An async update will happen on legacy cursor updates. An async update won’t happen if there is an outstanding commit modifying the same plane.

When doing async_update drivers shouldn’t replace the drm_plane_state but update the current one with the new plane configurations in the new plane_state.

Drivers should also swap the framebuffers between current plane state (drm_plane.state) and new_state. This is required since cleanup for async commits is performed on the new state, rather than old state like for traditional commits. Since we want to give up the reference on the current (old) fb instead of our brand new one, swap them in the driver during the async commit.

FIXME:

It only works for single plane updates
Async Pageflips are not supported yet
Some hw might still scan out the old buffer until the next vblank, however we let go of the fb references as soon as we run this hook. For now drivers must implement their own workers for deferring if needed, until a common solution is created.

get_scanout_buffer

Get the current scanout buffer, to display a message with drm_panic. The driver should do the minimum changes to provide a buffer, that can be used to display the panic screen. Currently only linear buffers are supported. Non-linear buffer support is on the TODO list. The device dev.mode_config.panic_lock is taken before calling this function, so you can safely access the plane.state It is called from a panic callback, and must follow its restrictions. Please look the documentation at drm_panic_trylock() for an in-depth discussions of what’s safe and what is not allowed. It’s a best effort mode, so it’s expected that in some complex cases the panic screen won’t be displayed. The returned drm_scanout_buffer.map must be valid if no error code is returned.

Return: 0 on success, negative errno on failure.

panic_flush

It is used by drm_panic, and is called after the panic screen is drawn to the scanout buffer. In this function, the driver can send additional commands to the hardware, to make the scanout buffer visible. It is only called if get_scanout_buffer() returned successfully, and the dev.mode_config.panic_lock is held during the entire sequence. It is called from a panic callback, and must follow its restrictions. Please look the documentation at drm_panic_trylock() for an in-depth discussions of what’s safe and what is not allowed.

Description

These functions are used by the atomic helpers.

void drm_plane_helper_add(struct drm_plane *plane, const struct drm_plane_helper_funcs *funcs)¶: sets the helper vtable for a plane

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: DRM plane
const struct drm_plane_helper_funcs *funcs: helper vtable to set for plane

struct drm_mode_config_helper_funcs¶: global modeset helper operations

Definition:

struct drm_mode_config_helper_funcs {
    void (*atomic_commit_tail)(struct drm_atomic_state *state);
    int (*atomic_commit_setup)(struct drm_atomic_state *state);
};

Members

atomic_commit_tail

This hook is used by the default atomic_commit() hook implemented in drm_atomic_helper_commit() together with the nonblocking commit helpers (see drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for a starting point) to implement blocking and nonblocking commits easily. It is not used by the atomic helpers

This function is called when the new atomic state has already been swapped into the various state pointers. The passed in state therefore contains copies of the old/previous state. This hook should commit the new state into hardware. Note that the helpers have already waited for preceding atomic commits and fences, but drivers can add more waiting calls at the start of their implementation, e.g. to wait for driver-internal request for implicit syncing, before starting to commit the update to the hardware.

After the atomic update is committed to the hardware this hook needs to call drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(). Then wait for the update to be executed by the hardware, for example using drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() or drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(), and then clean up the old framebuffers using drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().

When disabling a CRTC this hook _must_ stall for the commit to complete. Vblank waits don’t work on disabled CRTC, hence the core can’t take care of this. And it also can’t rely on the vblank event, since that can be signalled already when the screen shows black, which can happen much earlier than the last hardware access needed to shut off the display pipeline completely.

This hook is optional, the default implementation is drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().

atomic_commit_setup

This hook is used by the default atomic_commit() hook implemented in drm_atomic_helper_commit() together with the nonblocking helpers (see drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit()) to extend the DRM commit setup. It is not used by the atomic helpers.

This function is called at the end of drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit(), so once the commit has been properly setup across the generic DRM object states. It allows drivers to do some additional commit tracking that isn’t related to a CRTC, plane or connector, tracked in a drm_private_obj structure.

Note that the documentation of drm_private_obj has more details on how one should implement this.

This hook is optional.

Description

These helper functions are used by the atomic helpers.

Atomic Modeset Helper Functions Reference¶

Overview¶

This helper library provides implementations of check and commit functions on top of the CRTC modeset helper callbacks and the plane helper callbacks. It also provides convenience implementations for the atomic state handling callbacks for drivers which don’t need to subclass the drm core structures to add their own additional internal state.

This library also provides default implementations for the check callback in drm_atomic_helper_check() and for the commit callback with drm_atomic_helper_commit(). But the individual stages and callbacks are exposed to allow drivers to mix and match and e.g. use the plane helpers only together with a driver private modeset implementation.

This library also provides implementations for all the legacy driver interfaces on top of the atomic interface. See drm_atomic_helper_set_config(), drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane(), and the various functions to implement set_property callbacks. New drivers must not implement these functions themselves but must use the provided helpers.

The atomic helper uses the same function table structures as all other modesetting helpers. See the documentation for struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs, struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs and struct drm_connector_helper_funcs. It also shares the struct drm_plane_helper_funcs function table with the plane helpers.

Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit¶

Nonblocking atomic commits should use struct drm_crtc_commit to sequence different operations against each another. Locks, especially struct drm_modeset_lock, should not be held in worker threads or any other asynchronous context used to commit the hardware state.

drm_atomic_helper_commit() implements the recommended sequence for nonblocking commits, using drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() internally:

1. Run drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes(). Since this can fail and we need to propagate out of memory/VRAM errors to userspace, it must be called synchronously.

2. Synchronize with any outstanding nonblocking commit worker threads which might be affected by the new state update. This is handled by drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit().

Asynchronous workers need to have sufficient parallelism to be able to run different atomic commits on different CRTCs in parallel. The simplest way to achieve this is by running them on the system_unbound_wq work queue. Note that drivers are not required to split up atomic commits and run an individual commit in parallel - userspace is supposed to do that if it cares. But it might be beneficial to do that for modesets, since those necessarily must be done as one global operation, and enabling or disabling a CRTC can take a long time. But even that is not required.

IMPORTANT: A drm_atomic_state update for multiple CRTCs is sequenced against all CRTCs therein. Therefore for atomic state updates which only flip planes the driver must not get the struct drm_crtc_state of unrelated CRTCs in its atomic check code: This would prevent committing of atomic updates to multiple CRTCs in parallel. In general, adding additional state structures should be avoided as much as possible, because this reduces parallelism in (nonblocking) commits, both due to locking and due to commit sequencing requirements.

3. The software state is updated synchronously with drm_atomic_helper_swap_state(). Doing this under the protection of all modeset locks means concurrent callers never see inconsistent state. Note that commit workers do not hold any locks; their access is only coordinated through ordering. If workers would access state only through the pointers in the free-standing state objects (currently not the case for any driver) then even multiple pending commits could be in-flight at the same time.

4. Schedule a work item to do all subsequent steps, using the split-out commit helpers: a) pre-plane commit b) plane commit c) post-plane commit and then cleaning up the framebuffers after the old framebuffer is no longer being displayed. The scheduled work should synchronize against other workers using the drm_crtc_commit infrastructure as needed. See drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for more details.

Helper Functions Reference¶

drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane¶

drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane (plane, crtc)

iterate over planes currently attached to CRTC

Parameters

plane: the loop cursor
crtc: the CRTC whose planes are iterated

Description

This iterates over the current state, useful (for example) when applying atomic state after it has been checked and swapped. To iterate over the planes which will be attached (more useful in code called from drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check) see drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane().

drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane¶

drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane (plane, crtc_state)

iterate over attached planes in new state

Parameters

plane: the loop cursor
crtc_state: the incoming CRTC state

Description

Similar to drm_crtc_for_each_plane(), but iterates the planes that will be attached if the specified state is applied. Useful during for example in code called from drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check operations, to validate the incoming state.

drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state¶

drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state (plane, plane_state, crtc_state)

iterate over attached planes in new state

Parameters

plane: the loop cursor
plane_state: loop cursor for the plane’s state, must be const
crtc_state: the incoming CRTC state

Description

Similar to drm_crtc_for_each_plane(), but iterates the planes that will be attached if the specified state is applied. Useful during for example in code called from drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check operations, to validate the incoming state.

Compared to just drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane() this also fills in a const plane_state. This is useful when a driver just wants to peek at other active planes on this CRTC, but does not need to change it.

bool drm_atomic_plane_enabling(struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state, struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state)¶: check whether a plane is being enabled

Parameters

struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state: old atomic plane state
struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state: new atomic plane state

Description

Checks the atomic state of a plane to determine whether it’s being enabled or not. This also WARNs if it detects an invalid state (both CRTC and FB need to either both be NULL or both be non-NULL).

Return

True if the plane is being enabled, false otherwise.

bool drm_atomic_plane_disabling(struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state, struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state)¶: check whether a plane is being disabled

Parameters

struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state: old atomic plane state
struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state: new atomic plane state

Description

Checks the atomic state of a plane to determine whether it’s being disabled or not. This also WARNs if it detects an invalid state (both CRTC and FB need to either both be NULL or both be non-NULL).

Return

True if the plane is being disabled, false otherwise.

int drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: validate state object for modeset changes

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object

Description

Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible. This does all the CRTC and connector related computations for an atomic update and adds any additional connectors needed for full modesets. It calls the various per-object callbacks in the follow order:

drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_best_encoder for determining the new encoder.
drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_check to validate the connector state.
If it’s determined a modeset is needed then all connectors on the affected CRTC are added and drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_check is run on them.
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid, drm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid and drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_valid are called on the affected components.
drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup is called on all encoder bridges.
drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_check is called to validate any encoder state. This function is only called when the encoder will be part of a configured CRTC, it must not be used for implementing connector property validation. If this function is NULL, drm_atomic_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_fixup is called instead.
drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_fixup is called last, to fix up the mode with CRTC constraints.

drm_crtc_state.mode_changed is set when the input mode is changed. drm_crtc_state.connectors_changed is set when a connector is added or removed from the CRTC. drm_crtc_state.active_changed is set when drm_crtc_state.active changes, which is used for DPMS. drm_crtc_state.no_vblank is set from the result of drm_dev_has_vblank(). See also: drm_atomic_crtc_needs_modeset()

IMPORTANT:

Drivers which set drm_crtc_state.mode_changed (e.g. in their drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check hooks if a plane update can’t be done without a full modeset) _must_ call this function after that change. It is permitted to call this function multiple times for the same update, e.g. when the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check functions depend upon the adjusted dotclock for fifo space allocation and watermark computation.

Return

Zero for success or -errno

int drm_atomic_helper_check_wb_connector_state(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: Check writeback connector state

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: corresponding connector
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object

Description

Checks if the writeback connector state is valid, and returns an error if it isn’t.

Return

Zero for success or -errno

int drm_atomic_helper_check_plane_state(struct drm_plane_state *plane_state, const struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, int min_scale, int max_scale, bool can_position, bool can_update_disabled)¶: Check plane state for validity

Parameters

struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: plane state to check
const struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state: CRTC state to check
int min_scale: minimum src:dest scaling factor in 16.16 fixed point
int max_scale: maximum src:dest scaling factor in 16.16 fixed point
bool can_position: is it legal to position the plane such that it doesn’t cover the entire CRTC? This will generally only be false for primary planes.
bool can_update_disabled: can the plane be updated while the CRTC is disabled?

Description

Checks that a desired plane update is valid, and updates various bits of derived state (clipped coordinates etc.). Drivers that provide their own plane handling rather than helper-provided implementations may still wish to call this function to avoid duplication of error checking code.

Return

Zero if update appears valid, error code on failure

int drm_atomic_helper_check_crtc_primary_plane(struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state)¶: Check CRTC state for primary plane

Parameters

struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state: CRTC state to check

Description

Checks that a CRTC has at least one primary plane attached to it, which is a requirement on some hardware. Note that this only involves the CRTC side of the test. To test if the primary plane is visible or if it can be updated without the CRTC being enabled, use drm_atomic_helper_check_plane_state() in the plane’s atomic check.

Return

0 if a primary plane is attached to the CRTC, or an error code otherwise

int drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: validate state object for planes changes

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object

Description

Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible. This does all the plane update related checks using by calling into the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check and drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check hooks provided by the driver.

It also sets drm_crtc_state.planes_changed to indicate that a CRTC has updated planes.

Return

Zero for success or -errno

int drm_atomic_helper_check(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: validate state object

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object

Description

Check the state object to see if the requested state is physically possible. Only CRTCs and planes have check callbacks, so for any additional (global) checking that a driver needs it can simply wrap that around this function. Drivers without such needs can directly use this as their drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check callback.

This just wraps the two parts of the state checking for planes and modeset state in the default order: First it calls drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset() and then drm_atomic_helper_check_planes(). The assumption is that the drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_check and drm_crtc_helper_funcs.atomic_check functions depend upon an updated adjusted_mode.clock to e.g. properly compute watermarks.

Note that zpos normalization will add all enable planes to the state which might not desired for some drivers. For example enable/disable of a cursor plane which have fixed zpos value would trigger all other enabled planes to be forced to the state change.

Return

Zero for success or -errno

void drm_atomic_helper_update_legacy_modeset_state(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: update legacy modeset state

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function updates all the various legacy modeset state pointers in connectors, encoders and CRTCs.

Drivers can use this for building their own atomic commit if they don’t have a pure helper-based modeset implementation.

Since these updates are not synchronized with lockings, only code paths called from drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail can look at the legacy state filled out by this helper. Defacto this means this helper and the legacy state pointers are only really useful for transitioning an existing driver to the atomic world.

void drm_atomic_helper_calc_timestamping_constants(struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: update vblank timestamping constants

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: atomic state object

Description

Updates the timestamping constants used for precise vblank timestamps by calling drm_calc_timestamping_constants() for all enabled crtcs in state.

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_disables(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: modeset commit to disable outputs

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function shuts down all the outputs that need to be shut down and prepares them (if required) with the new mode.

For compatibility with legacy CRTC helpers this should be called before drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(), which is what the default commit function does. But drivers with different needs can group the modeset commits together and do the plane commits at the end. This is useful for drivers doing runtime PM since planes updates then only happen when the CRTC is actually enabled.

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_enables(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: modeset commit to enable outputs

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function enables all the outputs with the new configuration which had to be turned off for the update.

For compatibility with legacy CRTC helpers this should be called after drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(), which is what the default commit function does. But drivers with different needs can group the modeset commits together and do the plane commits at the end. This is useful for drivers doing runtime PM since planes updates then only happen when the CRTC is actually enabled.

int drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_fences(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state, bool pre_swap)¶: wait for fences stashed in plane state

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: atomic state object with old state structures
bool pre_swap: If true, do an interruptible wait, and state is the new state. Otherwise state is the old state.

Description

For implicit sync, driver should fish the exclusive fence out from the incoming fb’s and stash it in the drm_plane_state. This is called after drm_atomic_helper_swap_state() so it uses the current plane state (and just uses the atomic state to find the changed planes)

Note that pre_swap is needed since the point where we block for fences moves around depending upon whether an atomic commit is blocking or non-blocking. For non-blocking commit all waiting needs to happen after drm_atomic_helper_swap_state() is called, but for blocking commits we want to wait before we do anything that can’t be easily rolled back. That is before we call drm_atomic_helper_swap_state().

Returns zero if success or < 0 if dma_fence_wait() fails.

void drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: wait for vblank on CRTCs

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

Helper to, after atomic commit, wait for vblanks on all affected CRTCs (ie. before cleaning up old framebuffers using drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes()). It will only wait on CRTCs where the framebuffers have actually changed to optimize for the legacy cursor and plane update use-case.

Drivers using the nonblocking commit tracking support initialized by calling drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() should look at drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done() as an alternative.

void drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: wait for all page flips to be done

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

Helper to, after atomic commit, wait for page flips on all affected crtcs (ie. before cleaning up old framebuffers using drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes()). Compared to drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() this waits for the completion on all CRTCs, assuming that cursors-only updates are signalling their completion immediately (or using a different path).

This requires that drivers use the nonblocking commit tracking support initialized using drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit().

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail(struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: commit atomic update to hardware

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This is the default implementation for the drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail hook, for drivers that do not support runtime_pm or do not need the CRTC to be enabled to perform a commit. Otherwise, see drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm().

Note that the default ordering of how the various stages are called is to match the legacy modeset helper library closest.

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm(struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: commit atomic update to hardware

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: new modeset state to be committed

Description

This is an alternative implementation for the drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail hook, for drivers that support runtime_pm or need the CRTC to be enabled to perform a commit. Otherwise, one should use the default implementation drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().

int drm_atomic_helper_async_check(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: check if state can be committed asynchronously

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object

Description

This helper will check if it is possible to commit the state asynchronously. Async commits are not supposed to swap the states like normal sync commits but just do in-place changes on the current state.

It will return 0 if the commit can happen in an asynchronous fashion or error if not. Note that error just mean it can’t be committed asynchronously, if it fails the commit should be treated like a normal synchronous commit.

void drm_atomic_helper_async_commit(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: commit state asynchronously

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object

Description

This function commits a state asynchronously, i.e., not vblank synchronized. It should be used on a state only when drm_atomic_async_check() succeeds. Async commits are not supposed to swap the states like normal sync commits, but just do in-place changes on the current state.

TODO: Implement full swap instead of doing in-place changes.

int drm_atomic_helper_commit(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state, bool nonblock)¶: commit validated state object

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the driver state object
bool nonblock: whether nonblocking behavior is requested.

Description

This function commits a with drm_atomic_helper_check() pre-validated state object. This can still fail when e.g. the framebuffer reservation fails. This function implements nonblocking commits, using drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() and related functions.

Committing the actual hardware state is done through the drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_tail callback, or its default implementation drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail().

Return

Zero for success or -errno.

int drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit(struct drm_atomic_state *state, bool nonblock)¶: setup possibly nonblocking commit

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: new modeset state to be committed
bool nonblock: whether nonblocking behavior is requested.

Description

This function prepares state to be used by the atomic helper’s support for nonblocking commits. Drivers using the nonblocking commit infrastructure should always call this function from their drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit hook.

Drivers that need to extend the commit setup to private objects can use the drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_setup hook.

To be able to use this support drivers need to use a few more helper functions. drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies() must be called before actually committing the hardware state, and for nonblocking commits this call must be placed in the async worker. See also drm_atomic_helper_swap_state() and its stall parameter, for when a driver’s commit hooks look at the drm_crtc.state, drm_plane.state or drm_connector.state pointer directly.

Completion of the hardware commit step must be signalled using drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(). After this step the driver is not allowed to read or change any permanent software or hardware modeset state. The only exception is state protected by other means than drm_modeset_lock locks. Only the free standing state with pointers to the old state structures can be inspected, e.g. to clean up old buffers using drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().

At the very end, before cleaning up state drivers must call drm_atomic_helper_commit_cleanup_done().

This is all implemented by in drm_atomic_helper_commit(), giving drivers a complete and easy-to-use default implementation of the atomic_commit() hook.

The tracking of asynchronously executed and still pending commits is done using the core structure drm_crtc_commit.

By default there’s no need to clean up resources allocated by this function explicitly: drm_atomic_state_default_clear() will take care of that automatically.

Return

0 on success. -EBUSY when userspace schedules nonblocking commits too fast, -ENOMEM on allocation failures and -EINTR when a signal is pending.

void drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies(struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: wait for required preceding commits

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function waits for all preceding commits that touch the same CRTC as old_state to both be committed to the hardware (as signalled by drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done()) and executed by the hardware (as signalled by calling drm_crtc_send_vblank_event() on the drm_crtc_state.event).

This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.

void drm_atomic_helper_fake_vblank(struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: fake VBLANK events if needed

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function walks all CRTCs and fakes VBLANK events on those with drm_crtc_state.no_vblank set to true and drm_crtc_state.event != NULL. The primary use of this function is writeback connectors working in oneshot mode and faking VBLANK events. In this case they only fake the VBLANK event when a job is queued, and any change to the pipeline that does not touch the connector is leading to timeouts when calling drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_vblanks() or drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_flip_done(). In addition to writeback connectors, this function can also fake VBLANK events for CRTCs without VBLANK interrupt.

This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_hw_done(struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: setup possible nonblocking commit

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function is used to signal completion of the hardware commit step. After this step the driver is not allowed to read or change any permanent software or hardware modeset state. The only exception is state protected by other means than drm_modeset_lock locks.

Drivers should try to postpone any expensive or delayed cleanup work after this function is called.

This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_cleanup_done(struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: signal completion of commit

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This signals completion of the atomic update old_state, including any cleanup work. If used, it must be called right before calling drm_atomic_state_put().

This is part of the atomic helper support for nonblocking commits, see drm_atomic_helper_setup_commit() for an overview.

int drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: prepare plane resources before commit

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: atomic state object with new state structures

Description

This function prepares plane state, specifically framebuffers, for the new configuration, by calling drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb. If any failure is encountered this function will call drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb on any already successfully prepared framebuffer.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

void drm_atomic_helper_unprepare_planes(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: release plane resources on aborts

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function cleans up plane state, specifically framebuffers, from the atomic state. It undoes the effects of drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes() when aborting an atomic commit. For cleaning up after a successful commit use drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes().

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state, uint32_t flags)¶: commit plane state

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures
uint32_t flags: flags for committing plane state

Description

This function commits the new plane state using the plane and atomic helper functions for planes and CRTCs. It assumes that the atomic state has already been pushed into the relevant object state pointers, since this step can no longer fail.

It still requires the global state object old_state to know which planes and crtcs need to be updated though.

Note that this function does all plane updates across all CRTCs in one step. If the hardware can’t support this approach look at drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes_on_crtc() instead.

Plane parameters can be updated by applications while the associated CRTC is disabled. The DRM/KMS core will store the parameters in the plane state, which will be available to the driver when the CRTC is turned on. As a result most drivers don’t need to be immediately notified of plane updates for a disabled CRTC.

Unless otherwise needed, drivers are advised to set the ACTIVE_ONLY flag in flags in order not to receive plane update notifications related to a disabled CRTC. This avoids the need to manually ignore plane updates in driver code when the driver and/or hardware can’t or just don’t need to deal with updates on disabled CRTCs, for example when supporting runtime PM.

Drivers may set the NO_DISABLE_AFTER_MODESET flag in flags if the relevant display controllers require to disable a CRTC’s planes when the CRTC is disabled. This function would skip the drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_disable call for a plane if the CRTC of the old plane state needs a modesetting operation. Of course, the drivers need to disable the planes in their CRTC disable callbacks since no one else would do that.

The drm_atomic_helper_commit() default implementation doesn’t set the ACTIVE_ONLY flag to most closely match the behaviour of the legacy helpers. This should not be copied blindly by drivers.

void drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes_on_crtc(struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state)¶: commit plane state for a CRTC

Parameters

struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state: atomic state object with the old CRTC state

Description

This function commits the new plane state using the plane and atomic helper functions for planes on the specific CRTC. It assumes that the atomic state has already been pushed into the relevant object state pointers, since this step can no longer fail.

This function is useful when plane updates should be done CRTC-by-CRTC instead of one global step like drm_atomic_helper_commit_planes() does.

This function can only be savely used when planes are not allowed to move between different CRTCs because this function doesn’t handle inter-CRTC dependencies. Callers need to ensure that either no such dependencies exist, resolve them through ordering of commit calls or through some other means.

void drm_atomic_helper_disable_planes_on_crtc(struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state, bool atomic)¶: helper to disable CRTC’s planes

Parameters

struct drm_crtc_state *old_crtc_state: atomic state object with the old CRTC state
bool atomic: if set, synchronize with CRTC’s atomic_begin/flush hooks

Description

Disables all planes associated with the given CRTC. This can be used for instance in the CRTC helper atomic_disable callback to disable all planes.

If the atomic-parameter is set the function calls the CRTC’s atomic_begin hook before and atomic_flush hook after disabling the planes.

It is a bug to call this function without having implemented the drm_plane_helper_funcs.atomic_disable plane hook.

void drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: cleanup plane resources after commit

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: atomic state object with old state structures

Description

This function cleans up plane state, specifically framebuffers, from the old configuration. Hence the old configuration must be perserved in old_state to be able to call this function.

This function may not be called on the new state when the atomic update fails at any point after calling drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes(). Use drm_atomic_helper_unprepare_planes() in this case.

int drm_atomic_helper_swap_state(struct drm_atomic_state *state, bool stall)¶: store atomic state into current sw state

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: atomic state
bool stall: stall for preceding commits

Description

This function stores the atomic state into the current state pointers in all driver objects. It should be called after all failing steps have been done and succeeded, but before the actual hardware state is committed.

For cleanup and error recovery the current state for all changed objects will be swapped into state.

With that sequence it fits perfectly into the plane prepare/cleanup sequence:

Call drm_atomic_helper_prepare_planes() with the staged atomic state.
Do any other steps that might fail.
Put the staged state into the current state pointers with this function.
Actually commit the hardware state.

5. Call drm_atomic_helper_cleanup_planes() with state, which since step 3 contains the old state. Also do any other cleanup required with that state.

stall must be set when nonblocking commits for this driver directly access the drm_plane.state, drm_crtc.state or drm_connector.state pointer. With the current atomic helpers this is almost always the case, since the helpers don’t pass the right state structures to the callbacks.

Return

Returns 0 on success. Can return -ERESTARTSYS when stall is true and the waiting for the previous commits has been interrupted.

int drm_atomic_helper_update_plane(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int crtc_x, int crtc_y, unsigned int crtc_w, unsigned int crtc_h, uint32_t src_x, uint32_t src_y, uint32_t src_w, uint32_t src_h, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: Helper for primary plane update using atomic

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: plane object to update
struct drm_crtc *crtc: owning CRTC of owning plane
struct drm_framebuffer *fb: framebuffer to flip onto plane
int crtc_x: x offset of primary plane on crtc
int crtc_y: y offset of primary plane on crtc
unsigned int crtc_w: width of primary plane rectangle on crtc
unsigned int crtc_h: height of primary plane rectangle on crtc
uint32_t src_x: x offset of fb for panning
uint32_t src_y: y offset of fb for panning
uint32_t src_w: width of source rectangle in fb
uint32_t src_h: height of source rectangle in fb
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: lock acquire context

Description

Provides a default plane update handler using the atomic driver interface.

Return

Zero on success, error code on failure

int drm_atomic_helper_disable_plane(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: Helper for primary plane disable using atomic

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: plane to disable
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: lock acquire context

Description

Provides a default plane disable handler using the atomic driver interface.

Return

Zero on success, error code on failure

int drm_atomic_helper_set_config(struct drm_mode_set *set, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: set a new config from userspace

Parameters

struct drm_mode_set *set: mode set configuration
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: lock acquisition context

Description

Provides a default CRTC set_config handler using the atomic driver interface.

NOTE

For backwards compatibility with old userspace this automatically resets the “link-status” property to GOOD, to force any link re-training. The SETCRTC ioctl does not define whether an update does need a full modeset or just a plane update, hence we’re allowed to do that. See also drm_connector_set_link_status_property().

Return

Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.

int drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: disable all currently active outputs

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: lock acquisition context

Description

Loops through all connectors, finding those that aren’t turned off and then turns them off by setting their DPMS mode to OFF and deactivating the CRTC that they are connected to.

This is used for example in suspend/resume to disable all currently active functions when suspending. If you just want to shut down everything at e.g. driver unload, look at drm_atomic_helper_shutdown().

Note that if callers haven’t already acquired all modeset locks this might return -EDEADLK, which must be handled by calling drm_modeset_backoff().

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

void drm_atomic_helper_shutdown(struct drm_device *dev)¶: shutdown all CRTC

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device

Description

This shuts down all CRTC, which is useful for driver unloading. Shutdown on suspend should instead be handled with drm_atomic_helper_suspend(), since that also takes a snapshot of the modeset state to be restored on resume.

This is just a convenience wrapper around drm_atomic_helper_disable_all(), and it is the atomic version of drm_helper_force_disable_all().

struct drm_atomic_state *drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: duplicate an atomic state object

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: lock acquisition context

Description

Makes a copy of the current atomic state by looping over all objects and duplicating their respective states. This is used for example by suspend/ resume support code to save the state prior to suspend such that it can be restored upon resume.

Note that this treats atomic state as persistent between save and restore. Drivers must make sure that this is possible and won’t result in confusion or erroneous behaviour.

Note that if callers haven’t already acquired all modeset locks this might return -EDEADLK, which must be handled by calling drm_modeset_backoff().

Return

A pointer to the copy of the atomic state object on success or an ERR_PTR()-encoded error code on failure.

struct drm_atomic_state *drm_atomic_helper_suspend(struct drm_device *dev)¶: subsystem-level suspend helper

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device

Description

Duplicates the current atomic state, disables all active outputs and then returns a pointer to the original atomic state to the caller. Drivers can pass this pointer to the drm_atomic_helper_resume() helper upon resume to restore the output configuration that was active at the time the system entered suspend.

Note that it is potentially unsafe to use this. The atomic state object returned by this function is assumed to be persistent. Drivers must ensure that this holds true. Before calling this function, drivers must make sure to suspend fbdev emulation so that nothing can be using the device.

Return

A pointer to a copy of the state before suspend on success or an ERR_PTR()- encoded error code on failure. Drivers should store the returned atomic state object and pass it to the drm_atomic_helper_resume() helper upon resume.

int drm_atomic_helper_commit_duplicated_state(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: commit duplicated state

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: duplicated atomic state to commit
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: pointer to acquire_ctx to use for commit.

Description

The state returned by drm_atomic_helper_duplicate_state() and drm_atomic_helper_suspend() is partially invalid, and needs to be fixed up before commit.

Atomic State Reset and Initialization¶

Both the drm core and the atomic helpers assume that there is always the full and correct atomic software state for all connectors, CRTCs and planes available. Which is a bit a problem on driver load and also after system suspend. One way to solve this is to have a hardware state read-out infrastructure which reconstructs the full software state (e.g. the i915 driver).

The simpler solution is to just reset the software state to everything off, which is easiest to do by calling drm_mode_config_reset(). To facilitate this the atomic helpers provide default reset implementations for all hooks.

On the upside the precise state tracking of atomic simplifies system suspend and resume a lot. For drivers using drm_mode_config_reset() a complete recipe is implemented in drm_atomic_helper_suspend() and drm_atomic_helper_resume(). For other drivers the building blocks are split out, see the documentation for these functions.

Atomic State Helper Reference¶

void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_state_reset(struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_crtc *crtc)¶: reset the CRTC state

Parameters

struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state: atomic CRTC state, must not be NULL
struct drm_crtc *crtc: CRTC object, must not be NULL

Description

Initializes the newly allocated crtc_state with default values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.

void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_reset(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state)¶: reset state on CRTC

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: drm CRTC
struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state: CRTC state to assign

Description

Initializes the newly allocated crtc_state and assigns it to the drm_crtc->state pointer of crtc, usually required when initializing the drivers or when called from the drm_crtc_funcs.reset hook.

This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.

void drm_atomic_helper_crtc_reset(struct drm_crtc *crtc)¶: default drm_crtc_funcs.reset hook for CRTCs

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: drm CRTC

Description

Resets the atomic state for crtc by freeing the state pointer (which might be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.

void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *state)¶: copy atomic CRTC state

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: CRTC object
struct drm_crtc_state *state: atomic CRTC state

Description

Copies atomic state from a CRTC’s current state and resets inferred values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.

struct drm_crtc_state *drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state(struct drm_crtc *crtc)¶: default state duplicate hook

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: drm CRTC

Description

Default CRTC state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed CRTC state structure.

void __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_destroy_state(struct drm_crtc_state *state)¶: release CRTC state

Parameters

struct drm_crtc_state *state: CRTC state object to release

Description

Releases all resources stored in the CRTC state without actually freeing the memory of the CRTC state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.

void drm_atomic_helper_crtc_destroy_state(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_crtc_state *state)¶: default state destroy hook

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: drm CRTC
struct drm_crtc_state *state: CRTC state object to release

Description

Default CRTC state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed CRTC state structure.

void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_state_reset(struct drm_plane_state *plane_state, struct drm_plane *plane)¶: resets plane state to default values

Parameters

struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: atomic plane state, must not be NULL
struct drm_plane *plane: plane object, must not be NULL

Description

Initializes the newly allocated plane_state with default values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the CRTC state.

void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_reset(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: reset state on plane

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: drm plane
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: plane state to assign

Description

Initializes the newly allocated plane_state and assigns it to the drm_crtc->state pointer of plane, usually required when initializing the drivers or when called from the drm_plane_funcs.reset hook.

This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.

void drm_atomic_helper_plane_reset(struct drm_plane *plane)¶: default drm_plane_funcs.reset hook for planes

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: drm plane

Description

Resets the atomic state for plane by freeing the state pointer (which might be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.

void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_duplicate_state(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state)¶: copy atomic plane state

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: plane object
struct drm_plane_state *state: atomic plane state

Description

Copies atomic state from a plane’s current state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.

struct drm_plane_state *drm_atomic_helper_plane_duplicate_state(struct drm_plane *plane)¶: default state duplicate hook

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: drm plane

Description

Default plane state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed plane state structure.

void __drm_atomic_helper_plane_destroy_state(struct drm_plane_state *state)¶: release plane state

Parameters

struct drm_plane_state *state: plane state object to release

Description

Releases all resources stored in the plane state without actually freeing the memory of the plane state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the plane state.

void drm_atomic_helper_plane_destroy_state(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state)¶: default state destroy hook

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: drm plane
struct drm_plane_state *state: plane state object to release

Description

Default plane state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed plane state structure.

void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_state_reset(struct drm_connector_state *conn_state, struct drm_connector *connector)¶: reset the connector state

Parameters

struct drm_connector_state *conn_state: atomic connector state, must not be NULL
struct drm_connector *connector: connectotr object, must not be NULL

Description

Initializes the newly allocated conn_state with default values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.

void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_reset(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state)¶: reset state on connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm connector
struct drm_connector_state *conn_state: connector state to assign

Description

Initializes the newly allocated conn_state and assigns it to the drm_connector->state pointer of connector, usually required when initializing the drivers or when called from the drm_connector_funcs.reset hook.

This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.

void drm_atomic_helper_connector_reset(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: default drm_connector_funcs.reset hook for connectors

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm connector

Description

Resets the atomic state for connector by freeing the state pointer (which might be NULL, e.g. at driver load time) and allocating a new empty state object.

void drm_atomic_helper_connector_tv_margins_reset(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Resets TV connector properties

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: DRM connector

Description

Resets the TV-related properties attached to a connector.

void drm_atomic_helper_connector_tv_reset(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Resets Analog TV connector properties

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: DRM connector

Description

Resets the analog TV properties attached to a connector

int drm_atomic_helper_connector_tv_check(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: Validate an analog TV connector state

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: DRM Connector
struct drm_atomic_state *state: the DRM State object

Description

Checks the state object to see if the requested state is valid for an analog TV connector.

Return

0 for success, a negative error code on error.

void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_duplicate_state(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *state)¶: copy atomic connector state

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector object
struct drm_connector_state *state: atomic connector state

Description

Copies atomic state from a connector’s current state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.

struct drm_connector_state *drm_atomic_helper_connector_duplicate_state(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: default state duplicate hook

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm connector

Description

Default connector state duplicate hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed connector state structure.

void __drm_atomic_helper_connector_destroy_state(struct drm_connector_state *state)¶: release connector state

Parameters

struct drm_connector_state *state: connector state object to release

Description

Releases all resources stored in the connector state without actually freeing the memory of the connector state. This is useful for drivers that subclass the connector state.

void drm_atomic_helper_connector_destroy_state(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_connector_state *state)¶: default state destroy hook

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm connector
struct drm_connector_state *state: connector state object to release

Description

Default connector state destroy hook for drivers which don’t have their own subclassed connector state structure.

void __drm_atomic_helper_private_obj_duplicate_state(struct drm_private_obj *obj, struct drm_private_state *state)¶: copy atomic private state

Parameters

struct drm_private_obj *obj: CRTC object
struct drm_private_state *state: new private object state

Description

Copies atomic state from a private objects’s current state and resets inferred values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the private state.

void __drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *state)¶: Copy atomic bridge state

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge object
struct drm_bridge_state *state: atomic bridge state

Description

Copies atomic state from a bridge’s current state and resets inferred values. This is useful for drivers that subclass the bridge state.

struct drm_bridge_state *drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Duplicate a bridge state object

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge object

Description

Allocates a new bridge state and initializes it with the current bridge state values. This helper is meant to be used as a bridge drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state hook for bridges that don’t subclass the bridge state.

void drm_atomic_helper_bridge_destroy_state(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *state)¶: Destroy a bridge state object

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: the bridge this state refers to
struct drm_bridge_state *state: bridge state to destroy

Description

Destroys a bridge state previously created by drm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset`() or :c:type:`drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state`(). This helper is meant to be used as a bridge :c:type:`drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_destroy_state hook for bridges that don’t subclass the bridge state.

void __drm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *state)¶: Initialize a bridge state to its default

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: the bridge this state refers to
struct drm_bridge_state *state: bridge state to initialize

Description

Initializes the bridge state to default values. This is meant to be called by the bridge drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_reset hook for bridges that subclass the bridge state.

struct drm_bridge_state *drm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Allocate and initialize a bridge state to its default

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: the bridge this state refers to

Description

Allocates the bridge state and initializes it to default values. This helper is meant to be used as a bridge drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_reset hook for bridges that don’t subclass the bridge state.

GEM Atomic Helper Reference¶

The GEM atomic helpers library implements generic atomic-commit functions for drivers that use GEM objects. Currently, it provides synchronization helpers, and plane state and framebuffer BO mappings for planes with shadow buffers.

Before scanout, a plane’s framebuffer needs to be synchronized with possible writers that draw into the framebuffer. All drivers should call drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb() from their implementation of struct drm_plane_helper.prepare_fb . It sets the plane’s fence from the framebuffer so that the DRM core can synchronize access automatically. drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb() can also be used directly as implementation of prepare_fb.

#include <drm/drm_gem_atomic_helper.h>

struct drm_plane_helper_funcs driver_plane_helper_funcs = {
        ...,
        . prepare_fb = drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb,
};

A driver using a shadow buffer copies the content of the shadow buffers into the HW’s framebuffer memory during an atomic update. This requires a mapping of the shadow buffer into kernel address space. The mappings cannot be established by commit-tail functions, such as atomic_update, as this would violate locking rules around dma_buf_vmap().

The helpers for shadow-buffered planes establish and release mappings, and provide struct drm_shadow_plane_state, which stores the plane’s mapping for commit-tail functions.

Shadow-buffered planes can easily be enabled by using the provided macros DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS and DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_HELPER_FUNCS. These macros set up the plane and plane-helper callbacks to point to the shadow-buffer helpers.

#include <drm/drm_gem_atomic_helper.h>

struct drm_plane_funcs driver_plane_funcs = {
        ...,
        DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS,
};

struct drm_plane_helper_funcs driver_plane_helper_funcs = {
        ...,
        DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_HELPER_FUNCS,
};

In the driver’s atomic-update function, shadow-buffer mappings are available from the plane state. Use to_drm_shadow_plane_state() to upcast from struct drm_plane_state.

void driver_plane_atomic_update(struct drm_plane *plane,
                                struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state)
{
        struct drm_plane_state *plane_state = plane->state;
        struct drm_shadow_plane_state *shadow_plane_state =
                to_drm_shadow_plane_state(plane_state);

        // access shadow buffer via shadow_plane_state->map
}

A mapping address for each of the framebuffer’s buffer object is stored in struct drm_shadow_plane_state.map. The mappings are valid while the state is being used.

Drivers that use struct drm_simple_display_pipe can use DRM_GEM_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_PIPE_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS to initialize the rsp callbacks. Access to shadow-buffer mappings is similar to regular atomic_update.

struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs driver_pipe_funcs = {
        ...,
        DRM_GEM_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_PIPE_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS,
};

void driver_pipe_enable(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,
                        struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state,
                        struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)
{
        struct drm_shadow_plane_state *shadow_plane_state =
                to_drm_shadow_plane_state(plane_state);

        // access shadow buffer via shadow_plane_state->map
}

DRM_SHADOW_PLANE_MAX_WIDTH¶

DRM_SHADOW_PLANE_MAX_WIDTH

Maximum width of a plane’s shadow buffer in pixels

Description

For drivers with shadow planes, the maximum width of the framebuffer is usually independent from hardware limitations. Drivers can initialize struct drm_mode_config.max_width from DRM_SHADOW_PLANE_MAX_WIDTH.

DRM_SHADOW_PLANE_MAX_HEIGHT¶

DRM_SHADOW_PLANE_MAX_HEIGHT

Maximum height of a plane’s shadow buffer in scanlines

Description

For drivers with shadow planes, the maximum height of the framebuffer is usually independent from hardware limitations. Drivers can initialize struct drm_mode_config.max_height from DRM_SHADOW_PLANE_MAX_HEIGHT.

struct drm_shadow_plane_state¶: plane state for planes with shadow buffers

Definition:

struct drm_shadow_plane_state {
    struct drm_plane_state base;
    struct drm_format_conv_state fmtcnv_state;
    struct iosys_map map[DRM_FORMAT_MAX_PLANES];
    struct iosys_map data[DRM_FORMAT_MAX_PLANES];
};

Members

base

plane state

fmtcnv_state

Format-conversion state

Per-plane state for format conversion. Flags for copying shadow buffers into backend storage. Also holds temporary storage for format conversion.

map

Mappings of the plane’s framebuffer BOs in to kernel address space

The memory mappings stored in map should be established in the plane’s prepare_fb callback and removed in the cleanup_fb callback.

data

Address of each framebuffer BO’s data

The address of the data stored in each mapping. This is different for framebuffers with non-zero offset fields.

Description

For planes that use a shadow buffer, struct drm_shadow_plane_state provides the regular plane state plus mappings of the shadow buffer into kernel address space.

struct drm_shadow_plane_state *to_drm_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_plane_state *state)¶: upcasts from struct drm_plane_state

Parameters

struct drm_plane_state *state: the plane state

DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS¶

DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS

Initializes struct drm_plane_funcs for shadow-buffered planes

Description

Drivers may use GEM BOs as shadow buffers over the framebuffer memory. This macro initializes struct drm_plane_funcs to use the rsp helper functions.

DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_HELPER_FUNCS¶

DRM_GEM_SHADOW_PLANE_HELPER_FUNCS

Initializes struct drm_plane_helper_funcs for shadow-buffered planes

Description

Drivers may use GEM BOs as shadow buffers over the framebuffer memory. This macro initializes struct drm_plane_helper_funcs to use the rsp helper functions.

DRM_GEM_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_PIPE_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS¶

DRM_GEM_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_PIPE_SHADOW_PLANE_FUNCS

Initializes struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs for shadow-buffered planes

Description

Drivers may use GEM BOs as shadow buffers over the framebuffer memory. This macro initializes struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs to use the rsp helper functions.

int drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *state)¶: Prepare a GEM backed framebuffer

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: Plane
struct drm_plane_state *state: Plane state the fence will be attached to

Description

This function extracts the exclusive fence from drm_gem_object.resv and attaches it to plane state for the atomic helper to wait on. This is necessary to correctly implement implicit synchronization for any buffers shared as a struct dma_buf. This function can be used as the drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb callback.

There is no need for drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb hook for simple GEM based framebuffer drivers which have their buffers always pinned in memory.

This function is the default implementation for GEM drivers of drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb if no callback is provided.

void __drm_gem_duplicate_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_shadow_plane_state *new_shadow_plane_state)¶: duplicates shadow-buffered plane state

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane
struct drm_shadow_plane_state *new_shadow_plane_state: the new shadow-buffered plane state

Description

This function duplicates shadow-buffered plane state. This is helpful for drivers that subclass struct drm_shadow_plane_state.

The function does not duplicate existing mappings of the shadow buffers. Mappings are maintained during the atomic commit by the plane’s prepare_fb and cleanup_fb helpers. See drm_gem_prepare_shadow_fb() and drm_gem_cleanup_shadow_fb() for corresponding helpers.

struct drm_plane_state *drm_gem_duplicate_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_plane *plane)¶: duplicates shadow-buffered plane state

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane

Description

This function implements struct drm_plane_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state for shadow-buffered planes. It assumes the existing state to be of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state and it allocates the new state to be of this type.

The function does not duplicate existing mappings of the shadow buffers. Mappings are maintained during the atomic commit by the plane’s prepare_fb and cleanup_fb helpers. See drm_gem_prepare_shadow_fb() and drm_gem_cleanup_shadow_fb() for corresponding helpers.

Return

A pointer to a new plane state on success, or NULL otherwise.

void __drm_gem_destroy_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_shadow_plane_state *shadow_plane_state)¶: cleans up shadow-buffered plane state

Parameters

struct drm_shadow_plane_state *shadow_plane_state: the shadow-buffered plane state

Description

This function cleans up shadow-buffered plane state. Helpful for drivers that subclass struct drm_shadow_plane_state.

void drm_gem_destroy_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: deletes shadow-buffered plane state

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: the plane state of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state

Description

This function implements struct drm_plane_funcs.atomic_destroy_state for shadow-buffered planes. It expects that mappings of shadow buffers have been released already.

void __drm_gem_reset_shadow_plane(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_shadow_plane_state *shadow_plane_state)¶: resets a shadow-buffered plane

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane
struct drm_shadow_plane_state *shadow_plane_state: the shadow-buffered plane state

Description

This function resets state for shadow-buffered planes. Helpful for drivers that subclass struct drm_shadow_plane_state.

void drm_gem_reset_shadow_plane(struct drm_plane *plane)¶: resets a shadow-buffered plane

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane

Description

This function implements struct drm_plane_funcs.reset_plane for shadow-buffered planes. It assumes the current plane state to be of type struct drm_shadow_plane and it allocates the new state of this type.

int drm_gem_begin_shadow_fb_access(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: prepares shadow framebuffers for CPU access

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: the plane state of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state

Description

This function implements struct drm_plane_helper_funcs.begin_fb_access. It maps all buffer objects of the plane’s framebuffer into kernel address space and stores them in struct drm_shadow_plane_state.map. The first data bytes are available in struct drm_shadow_plane_state.data.

See drm_gem_end_shadow_fb_access() for cleanup.

Return

0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

void drm_gem_end_shadow_fb_access(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: releases shadow framebuffers from CPU access

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: the plane
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: the plane state of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state

Description

This function implements struct drm_plane_helper_funcs.end_fb_access. It undoes all effects of drm_gem_begin_shadow_fb_access() in reverse order.

See drm_gem_begin_shadow_fb_access() for more information.

int drm_gem_simple_kms_begin_shadow_fb_access(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: prepares shadow framebuffers for CPU access

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: the simple display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: the plane state of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.begin_fb_access.

See drm_gem_begin_shadow_fb_access() for details and drm_gem_simple_kms_cleanup_shadow_fb() for cleanup.

Return

0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

void drm_gem_simple_kms_end_shadow_fb_access(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: releases shadow framebuffers from CPU access

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: the simple display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: the plane state of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.end_fb_access. It undoes all effects of drm_gem_simple_kms_begin_shadow_fb_access() in reverse order.

See drm_gem_simple_kms_begin_shadow_fb_access().

void drm_gem_simple_kms_reset_shadow_plane(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe)¶: resets a shadow-buffered plane

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: the simple display pipe

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.reset_plane for shadow-buffered planes.

struct drm_plane_state *drm_gem_simple_kms_duplicate_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe)¶: duplicates shadow-buffered plane state

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: the simple display pipe

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.duplicate_plane_state for shadow-buffered planes. It does not duplicate existing mappings of the shadow buffers. Mappings are maintained during the atomic commit by the plane’s prepare_fb and cleanup_fb helpers.

Return

A pointer to a new plane state on success, or NULL otherwise.

void drm_gem_simple_kms_destroy_shadow_plane_state(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: resets shadow-buffered plane state

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: the simple display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: the plane state of type struct drm_shadow_plane_state

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.destroy_plane_state for shadow-buffered planes. It expects that mappings of shadow buffers have been released already.

Simple KMS Helper Reference¶

This helper library provides helpers for drivers for simple display hardware.

drm_simple_display_pipe_init() initializes a simple display pipeline which has only one full-screen scanout buffer feeding one output. The pipeline is represented by struct drm_simple_display_pipe and binds together drm_plane, drm_crtc and drm_encoder structures into one fixed entity. Some flexibility for code reuse is provided through a separately allocated drm_connector object and supporting optional drm_bridge encoder drivers.

Many drivers require only a very simple encoder that fulfills the minimum requirements of the display pipeline and does not add additional functionality. The function drm_simple_encoder_init() provides an implementation of such an encoder.

struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs¶: helper operations for a simple display pipeline

Definition:

struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs {
    enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
    void (*enable)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
    void (*disable)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    int (*check)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe,struct drm_plane_state *plane_state, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state);
    void (*update)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *old_plane_state);
    int (*prepare_fb)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
    void (*cleanup_fb)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
    int (*begin_fb_access)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *new_plane_state);
    void (*end_fb_access)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
    int (*enable_vblank)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    void (*disable_vblank)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    void (*reset_crtc)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    struct drm_crtc_state * (*duplicate_crtc_state)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    void (*destroy_crtc_state)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state);
    void (*reset_plane)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    struct drm_plane_state * (*duplicate_plane_state)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe);
    void (*destroy_plane_state)(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state);
};

Members

mode_valid

This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in the crtc used in this simple display pipe. This should be implemented if the display pipe has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given display pipe may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed. Another reason can be bandwidth mitigation: the memory port on the display controller can have bandwidth limitations not allowing pixel data to be fetched at any rate.

This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().

This function is optional.

NOTE:

Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardware constraints.

RETURNS:

drm_mode_status Enum

enable

This function should be used to enable the pipeline. It is called when the underlying crtc is enabled. This hook is optional.

disable

This function should be used to disable the pipeline. It is called when the underlying crtc is disabled. This hook is optional.

check

This function is called in the check phase of an atomic update, specifically when the underlying plane is checked. The simple display pipeline helpers already check that the plane is not scaled, fills the entire visible area and is always enabled when the crtc is also enabled. This hook is optional.

RETURNS:

0 on success, -EINVAL if the state or the transition can’t be supported, -ENOMEM on memory allocation failure and -EDEADLK if an attempt to obtain another state object ran into a drm_modeset_lock deadlock.

update

This function is called when the underlying plane state is updated. This hook is optional.

This is the function drivers should submit the drm_pending_vblank_event from. Using either drm_crtc_arm_vblank_event(), when the driver supports vblank interrupt handling, or drm_crtc_send_vblank_event() for more complex case. In case the hardware lacks vblank support entirely, drivers can set struct drm_crtc_state.no_vblank in struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs.check and let DRM’s atomic helper fake a vblank event.

prepare_fb

Optional, called by drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_helper_funcs.prepare_fb hook for more details.

For GEM drivers who neither have a prepare_fb nor cleanup_fb hook set, drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb() is called automatically to implement this. Other drivers which need additional plane processing can call drm_gem_plane_helper_prepare_fb() from their prepare_fb hook.

cleanup_fb

Optional, called by drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_helper_funcs.cleanup_fb hook for more details.

begin_fb_access

Optional, called by drm_plane_helper_funcs.begin_fb_access. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_helper_funcs.begin_fb_access hook for more details.

end_fb_access

Optional, called by drm_plane_helper_funcs.end_fb_access. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_helper_funcs.end_fb_access hook for more details.

enable_vblank

Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.enable_vblank. Please read the documentation for the drm_crtc_funcs.enable_vblank hook for more details.

disable_vblank

Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.disable_vblank. Please read the documentation for the drm_crtc_funcs.disable_vblank hook for more details.

reset_crtc

Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.reset. Please read the documentation for the drm_crtc_funcs.reset hook for more details.

duplicate_crtc_state

Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state. Please read the documentation for the drm_crtc_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state hook for more details.

destroy_crtc_state

Optional, called by drm_crtc_funcs.atomic_destroy_state. Please read the documentation for the drm_crtc_funcs.atomic_destroy_state hook for more details.

reset_plane

Optional, called by drm_plane_funcs.reset. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_funcs.reset hook for more details.

duplicate_plane_state

Optional, called by drm_plane_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state hook for more details.

destroy_plane_state

Optional, called by drm_plane_funcs.atomic_destroy_state. Please read the documentation for the drm_plane_funcs.atomic_destroy_state hook for more details.

struct drm_simple_display_pipe¶: simple display pipeline

Definition:

struct drm_simple_display_pipe {
    struct drm_crtc crtc;
    struct drm_plane plane;
    struct drm_encoder encoder;
    struct drm_connector *connector;
    const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs;
};

Members

crtc: CRTC control structure
plane: Plane control structure
encoder: Encoder control structure
connector: Connector control structure
funcs: Pipeline control functions (optional)

Description

Simple display pipeline with plane, crtc and encoder collapsed into one entity. It should be initialized by calling drm_simple_display_pipe_init().

drmm_simple_encoder_alloc¶

drmm_simple_encoder_alloc (dev, type, member, encoder_type)

Allocate and initialize an encoder with basic functionality.

Parameters

dev: drm device
type: the type of the struct which contains struct drm_encoder
member: the name of the drm_encoder within type.
encoder_type: user visible type of the encoder

Description

Allocates and initializes an encoder that has no further functionality. Settings for possible CRTC and clones are left to their initial values. Cleanup is automatically handled through registering drm_encoder_cleanup() with drmm_add_action().

Return

Pointer to new encoder, or ERR_PTR on failure.

int drm_simple_encoder_init(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_encoder *encoder, int encoder_type)¶: Initialize a preallocated encoder with basic functionality.

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm device
struct drm_encoder *encoder: the encoder to initialize
int encoder_type: user visible type of the encoder

Description

Initialises a preallocated encoder that has no further functionality. Settings for possible CRTC and clones are left to their initial values. The encoder will be cleaned up automatically as part of the mode-setting cleanup.

The caller of drm_simple_encoder_init() is responsible for freeing the encoder’s memory after the encoder has been cleaned up. At the moment this only works reliably if the encoder data structure is stored in the device structure. Free the encoder’s memory as part of the device release function.

Note

consider using drmm_simple_encoder_alloc() instead of drm_simple_encoder_init() to let the DRM managed resource infrastructure take care of cleanup and deallocation.

Return

Zero on success, error code on failure.

int drm_simple_display_pipe_attach_bridge(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Attach a bridge to the display pipe

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: simple display pipe object
struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge to attach

Description

Makes it possible to still use the drm_simple_display_pipe helpers when a DRM bridge has to be used.

Note that you probably want to initialize the pipe by passing a NULL connector to drm_simple_display_pipe_init().

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

int drm_simple_display_pipe_init(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs, const uint32_t *formats, unsigned int format_count, const uint64_t *format_modifiers, struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Initialize a simple display pipeline

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: simple display pipe object to initialize
const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs: callbacks for the display pipe (optional)
const uint32_t *formats: array of supported formats (DRM_FORMAT_*)
unsigned int format_count: number of elements in formats
const uint64_t *format_modifiers: array of formats modifiers
struct drm_connector *connector: connector to attach and register (optional)

Description

Sets up a display pipeline which consist of a really simple plane-crtc-encoder pipe.

If a connector is supplied, the pipe will be coupled with the provided connector. You may supply a NULL connector when using drm bridges, that handle connectors themselves (see drm_simple_display_pipe_attach_bridge()).

Teardown of a simple display pipe is all handled automatically by the drm core through calling drm_mode_config_cleanup(). Drivers afterwards need to release the memory for the structure themselves.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

fbdev Helper Functions Reference¶

The fb helper functions are useful to provide an fbdev on top of a drm kernel mode setting driver. They can be used mostly independently from the crtc helper functions used by many drivers to implement the kernel mode setting interfaces. Drivers that use one of the shared memory managers, TTM, SHMEM, DMA, should instead use the corresponding fbdev emulation.

For suspend/resume consider using drm_mode_config_helper_suspend() and drm_mode_config_helper_resume() which takes care of fbdev as well.

All other functions exported by the fb helper library can be used to implement the fbdev driver interface by the driver.

It is possible, though perhaps somewhat tricky, to implement race-free hotplug detection using the fbdev helpers. The drm_fb_helper_prepare() helper must be called first to initialize the minimum required to make hotplug detection work. Drivers also need to make sure to properly set up the drm_mode_config.funcs member. After calling drm_kms_helper_poll_init() it is safe to enable interrupts and start processing hotplug events. At the same time, drivers should initialize all modeset objects such as CRTCs, encoders and connectors. To finish up the fbdev helper initialization, the drm_fb_helper_init() function is called. To probe for all attached displays and set up an initial configuration using the detected hardware, drivers should call drm_fb_helper_initial_config().

If drm_framebuffer_funcs.dirty is set, the drm_fb_helper_{cfb,sys}_{write,fillrect,copyarea,imageblit} functions will accumulate changes and schedule drm_fb_helper.dirty_work to run right away. This worker then calls the dirty() function ensuring that it will always run in process context since the fb_*() function could be running in atomic context. If drm_fb_helper_deferred_io() is used as the deferred_io callback it will also schedule dirty_work with the damage collected from the mmap page writes.

void drm_fbdev_dma_setup(struct drm_device *dev, unsigned int preferred_bpp)¶: Setup fbdev emulation for GEM DMA helpers

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
unsigned int preferred_bpp: Preferred bits per pixel for the device. 32 is used if this is zero.

Description

This function sets up fbdev emulation for GEM DMA drivers that support dumb buffers with a virtual address and that can be mmap’ed. drm_fbdev_dma_setup() shall be called after the DRM driver registered the new DRM device with drm_dev_register().

Restore, hotplug events and teardown are all taken care of. Drivers that do suspend/resume need to call drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() themselves. Simple drivers might use drm_mode_config_helper_suspend().

This function is safe to call even when there are no connectors present. Setup will be retried on the next hotplug event.

The fbdev is destroyed by drm_dev_unregister().

void drm_fbdev_shmem_setup(struct drm_device *dev, unsigned int preferred_bpp)¶: Setup fbdev emulation for GEM SHMEM helpers

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
unsigned int preferred_bpp: Preferred bits per pixel for the device. 32 is used if this is zero.

Description

This function sets up fbdev emulation for GEM DMA drivers that support dumb buffers with a virtual address and that can be mmap’ed. drm_fbdev_shmem_setup() shall be called after the DRM driver registered the new DRM device with drm_dev_register().

Restore, hotplug events and teardown are all taken care of. Drivers that do suspend/resume need to call drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() themselves. Simple drivers might use drm_mode_config_helper_suspend().

This function is safe to call even when there are no connectors present. Setup will be retried on the next hotplug event.

The fbdev is destroyed by drm_dev_unregister().

void drm_fbdev_ttm_setup(struct drm_device *dev, unsigned int preferred_bpp)¶: Setup fbdev emulation for TTM-based drivers

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
unsigned int preferred_bpp: Preferred bits per pixel for the device.

Description

This function sets up fbdev emulation for TTM-based drivers that support dumb buffers with a virtual address and that can be mmap’ed. drm_fbdev_ttm_setup() shall be called after the DRM driver registered the new DRM device with drm_dev_register().

Restore, hotplug events and teardown are all taken care of. Drivers that do suspend/resume need to call drm_fb_helper_set_suspend_unlocked() themselves. Simple drivers might use drm_mode_config_helper_suspend().

In order to provide fixed mmap-able memory ranges, fbdev emulation uses a shadow buffer in system memory. The implementation blits the shadow fbdev buffer onto the real buffer in regular intervals.

This function is safe to call even when there are no connectors present. Setup will be retried on the next hotplug event.

The fbdev is destroyed by drm_dev_unregister().

struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size¶: describes fbdev size and scanout surface size

Definition:

struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size {
    u32 fb_width;
    u32 fb_height;
    u32 surface_width;
    u32 surface_height;
    u32 surface_bpp;
    u32 surface_depth;
};

Members

fb_width: fbdev width
fb_height: fbdev height
surface_width: scanout buffer width
surface_height: scanout buffer height
surface_bpp: scanout buffer bpp
surface_depth: scanout buffer depth

Description

Note that the scanout surface width/height may be larger than the fbdev width/height. In case of multiple displays, the scanout surface is sized according to the largest width/height (so it is large enough for all CRTCs to scanout). But the fbdev width/height is sized to the minimum width/ height of all the displays. This ensures that fbcon fits on the smallest of the attached displays. fb_width/fb_height is used by drm_fb_helper_fill_info() to fill out the fb_info.var structure.

struct drm_fb_helper_funcs¶: driver callbacks for the fbdev emulation library

Definition:

struct drm_fb_helper_funcs {
    int (*fb_probe)(struct drm_fb_helper *helper, struct drm_fb_helper_surface_size *sizes);
    int (*fb_dirty)(struct drm_fb_helper *helper, struct drm_clip_rect *clip);
};

Members

fb_probe

Driver callback to allocate and initialize the fbdev info structure. Furthermore it also needs to allocate the DRM framebuffer used to back the fbdev.

This callback is mandatory.

RETURNS:

The driver should return 0 on success and a negative error code on failure.

fb_dirty

Driver callback to update the framebuffer memory. If set, fbdev emulation will invoke this callback in regular intervals after the framebuffer has been written.

This callback is optional.

Returns: 0 on success, or an error code otherwise.

Description

Driver callbacks used by the fbdev emulation helper library.

struct drm_fb_helper¶: main structure to emulate fbdev on top of KMS

Definition:

struct drm_fb_helper {
    struct drm_client_dev client;
    struct drm_client_buffer *buffer;
    struct drm_framebuffer *fb;
    struct drm_device *dev;
    const struct drm_fb_helper_funcs *funcs;
    struct fb_info *info;
    u32 pseudo_palette[17];
    struct drm_clip_rect damage_clip;
    spinlock_t damage_lock;
    struct work_struct damage_work;
    struct work_struct resume_work;
    struct mutex lock;
    struct list_head kernel_fb_list;
    bool delayed_hotplug;
    bool deferred_setup;
    int preferred_bpp;
#ifdef CONFIG_FB_DEFERRED_IO;
    struct fb_deferred_io fbdefio;
#endif;
};

Members

client

DRM client used by the generic fbdev emulation.

buffer

Framebuffer used by the generic fbdev emulation.

fb

Scanout framebuffer object

dev

DRM device

funcs

driver callbacks for fb helper

info

emulated fbdev device info struct

pseudo_palette

fake palette of 16 colors

damage_clip

clip rectangle used with deferred_io to accumulate damage to the screen buffer

damage_lock

spinlock protecting damage_clip

damage_work

worker used to flush the framebuffer

resume_work

worker used during resume if the console lock is already taken

lock

Top-level FBDEV helper lock. This protects all internal data structures and lists, such as connector_info and crtc_info.

FIXME: fbdev emulation locking is a mess and long term we want to protect all helper internal state with this lock as well as reduce core KMS locking as much as possible.

kernel_fb_list

Entry on the global kernel_fb_helper_list, used for kgdb entry/exit.

delayed_hotplug

A hotplug was received while fbdev wasn’t in control of the DRM device, i.e. another KMS master was active. The output configuration needs to be reprobe when fbdev is in control again.

deferred_setup

If no outputs are connected (disconnected or unknown) the FB helper code will defer setup until at least one of the outputs shows up. This field keeps track of the status so that setup can be retried at every hotplug event until it succeeds eventually.

Protected by lock.

preferred_bpp

Temporary storage for the driver’s preferred BPP setting passed to FB helper initialization. This needs to be tracked so that deferred FB helper setup can pass this on.

format Helper Functions Reference¶

void drm_format_conv_state_init(struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Initialize format-conversion state

Parameters

struct drm_format_conv_state *state: The state to initialize

Description

Clears all fields in struct drm_format_conv_state. The state will be empty with no preallocated resources.

void drm_format_conv_state_copy(struct drm_format_conv_state *state, const struct drm_format_conv_state *old_state)¶: Copy format-conversion state

Parameters

struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Destination state
const struct drm_format_conv_state *old_state: Source state

Description

Copies format-conversion state from old_state to state; except for temporary storage.

void *drm_format_conv_state_reserve(struct drm_format_conv_state *state, size_t new_size, gfp_t flags)¶: Allocates storage for format conversion

Parameters

struct drm_format_conv_state *state: The format-conversion state
size_t new_size: The minimum allocation size
gfp_t flags: Flags for kmalloc()

Description

Allocates at least new_size bytes and returns a pointer to the memory range. After calling this function, previously returned memory blocks are invalid. It’s best to collect all memory requirements of a format conversion and call this function once to allocate the range.

Return

A pointer to the allocated memory range, or NULL otherwise.

void drm_format_conv_state_release(struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Releases an format-conversion storage

Parameters

struct drm_format_conv_state *state: The format-conversion state

Description

Releases the memory range references by the format-conversion state. After this call, all pointers to the memory are invalid. Prefer drm_format_conv_state_init() for cleaning up and unloading a driver.

unsigned int drm_fb_clip_offset(unsigned int pitch, const struct drm_format_info *format, const struct drm_rect *clip)¶: Returns the clipping rectangles byte-offset in a framebuffer

Parameters

unsigned int pitch: Framebuffer line pitch in byte
const struct drm_format_info *format: Framebuffer format
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle

Return

The byte offset of the clip rectangle’s top-left corner within the framebuffer.

void drm_fb_memcpy(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip)¶: Copy clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. No conversion takes place. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

void drm_fb_swab(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, bool cached, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Swap bytes into clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
bool cached: Source buffer is mapped cached (eg. not write-combined)
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and swaps per-pixel bytes during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index. If cached is false a temporary buffer is used to cache one pixel line at a time to speed up slow uncached reads.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb332(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to RGB332 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of RGB332 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for RGB332 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb565(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state, bool swab)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to RGB565 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of RGB565 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffer
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state
bool swab: Swap bytes

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for RGB565 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_xrgb1555(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to XRGB1555 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of XRGB1555 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffer
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for XRGB1555 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_argb1555(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to ARGB1555 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of ARGB1555 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffer
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for ARGB1555 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively. It sets an opaque alpha channel as part of the conversion.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgba5551(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to RGBA5551 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of RGBA5551 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffer
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for RGBA5551 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively. It sets an opaque alpha channel as part of the conversion.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_rgb888(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to RGB888 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of RGB888 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for RGB888 devices that don’t natively support XRGB8888.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_argb8888(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to ARGB8888 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of ARGB8888 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffer
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for ARGB8888 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively. It sets an opaque alpha channel as part of the conversion.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_xrgb2101010(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to XRGB2101010 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of XRGB2101010 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for XRGB2101010 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_argb2101010(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to ARGB2101010 clip buffer

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of ARGB2101010 destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Drivers can use this function for ARGB2101010 devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_gray8(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to grayscale

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of 8-bit grayscale destination buffers
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

DRM doesn’t have native monochrome or grayscale support. Drivers can use this function for grayscale devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively.Such drivers can announce the commonly supported XR24 format to userspace and use this function to convert to the native format. Monochrome drivers will use the most significant bit, where 1 means foreground color and 0 background color. ITU BT.601 is being used for the RGB -> luma (brightness) conversion.

int drm_fb_blit(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, uint32_t dst_format, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Copy parts of a framebuffer to display memory

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of display-memory addresses to copy to
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
uint32_t dst_format: FOURCC code of the display’s color format
const struct iosys_map *src: The framebuffer memory to copy from
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: The framebuffer to copy from
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory. If the formats of the display and the framebuffer mismatch, the blit function will attempt to convert between them during the process. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in dst_format’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner).

Return

0 on success, or -EINVAL if the color-format conversion failed, or a negative error code otherwise.

void drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_mono(struct iosys_map *dst, const unsigned int *dst_pitch, const struct iosys_map *src, const struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_rect *clip, struct drm_format_conv_state *state)¶: Convert XRGB8888 to monochrome

Parameters

struct iosys_map *dst: Array of monochrome destination buffers (0=black, 1=white)
const unsigned int *dst_pitch: Array of numbers of bytes between the start of two consecutive scanlines within dst; can be NULL if scanlines are stored next to each other.
const struct iosys_map *src: Array of XRGB8888 source buffers
const struct drm_framebuffer *fb: DRM framebuffer
const struct drm_rect *clip: Clip rectangle area to copy
struct drm_format_conv_state *state: Transform and conversion state

Description

This function copies parts of a framebuffer to display memory and converts the color format during the process. Destination and framebuffer formats must match. The parameters dst, dst_pitch and src refer to arrays. Each array must have at least as many entries as there are planes in fb’s format. Each entry stores the value for the format’s respective color plane at the same index.

This function does not apply clipping on dst (i.e. the destination is at the top-left corner). The first pixel (upper left corner of the clip rectangle) will be converted and copied to the first bit (LSB) in the first byte of the monochrome destination buffer. If the caller requires that the first pixel in a byte must be located at an x-coordinate that is a multiple of 8, then the caller must take care itself of supplying a suitable clip rectangle.

DRM doesn’t have native monochrome support. Drivers can use this function for monochrome devices that don’t support XRGB8888 natively. Such drivers can announce the commonly supported XR24 format to userspace and use this function to convert to the native format.

This function uses drm_fb_xrgb8888_to_gray8() to convert to grayscale and then the result is converted from grayscale to monochrome.

size_t drm_fb_build_fourcc_list(struct drm_device *dev, const u32 *native_fourccs, size_t native_nfourccs, u32 *fourccs_out, size_t nfourccs_out)¶: Filters a list of supported color formats against the device’s native formats

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
const u32 *native_fourccs: 4CC codes of natively supported color formats
size_t native_nfourccs: The number of entries in native_fourccs
u32 *fourccs_out: Returns 4CC codes of supported color formats
size_t nfourccs_out: The number of available entries in fourccs_out

Description

This function create a list of supported color format from natively supported formats and additional emulated formats. At a minimum, most userspace programs expect at least support for XRGB8888 on the primary plane. Devices that have to emulate the format, and possibly others, can use drm_fb_build_fourcc_list() to create a list of supported color formats. The returned list can be handed over to drm_universal_plane_init() et al. Native formats will go before emulated formats. Native formats with alpha channel will be replaced by such without, as primary planes usually don’t support alpha. Other heuristics might be applied to optimize the order. Formats near the beginning of the list are usually preferred over formats near the end of the list.

Return

The number of color-formats 4CC codes returned in fourccs_out.

Framebuffer DMA Helper Functions Reference¶

Provides helper functions for creating a DMA-contiguous framebuffer.

Depending on the platform, the buffers may be physically non-contiguous and mapped through an IOMMU or a similar mechanism, or allocated from physically-contiguous memory (using, for instance, CMA or a pool of memory reserved at early boot). This is handled behind the scenes by the DMA mapping API.

drm_gem_fb_create() is used in the drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback function to create a DMA-contiguous framebuffer.

struct drm_gem_dma_object *drm_fb_dma_get_gem_obj(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, unsigned int plane)¶: Get DMA GEM object for framebuffer

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: The framebuffer
unsigned int plane: Which plane

Description

Return the DMA GEM object for given framebuffer.

This function will usually be called from the CRTC callback functions.

dma_addr_t drm_fb_dma_get_gem_addr(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, struct drm_plane_state *state, unsigned int plane)¶: Get DMA (bus) address for framebuffer, for pixel formats where values are grouped in blocks this will get you the beginning of the block

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: The framebuffer
struct drm_plane_state *state: Which state of drm plane
unsigned int plane: Which plane Return the DMA GEM address for given framebuffer.

Description

This function will usually be called from the PLANE callback functions.

void drm_fb_dma_sync_non_coherent(struct drm_device *drm, struct drm_plane_state *old_state, struct drm_plane_state *state)¶: Sync GEM object to non-coherent backing memory

Parameters

struct drm_device *drm: DRM device
struct drm_plane_state *old_state: Old plane state
struct drm_plane_state *state: New plane state

Description

This function can be used by drivers that use damage clips and have DMA GEM objects backed by non-coherent memory. Calling this function in a plane’s .atomic_update ensures that all the data in the backing memory have been written to RAM.

int drm_fb_dma_get_scanout_buffer(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_scanout_buffer *sb)¶: Provide a scanout buffer in case of panic

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: DRM primary plane
struct drm_scanout_buffer *sb: scanout buffer for the panic handler

Return

0 or negative error code

Description

Generic get_scanout_buffer() implementation, for drivers that uses the drm_fb_dma_helper. It won’t call vmap in the panic context, so the driver should make sure the primary plane is vmapped, otherwise the panic screen won’t get displayed.

Framebuffer GEM Helper Reference¶

This library provides helpers for drivers that don’t subclass drm_framebuffer and use drm_gem_object for their backing storage.

Drivers without additional needs to validate framebuffers can simply use drm_gem_fb_create() and everything is wired up automatically. Other drivers can use all parts independently.

struct drm_gem_object *drm_gem_fb_get_obj(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, unsigned int plane)¶: Get GEM object backing the framebuffer

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: Framebuffer
unsigned int plane: Plane index

Description

No additional reference is taken beyond the one that the drm_frambuffer already holds.

Return

Pointer to drm_gem_object for the given framebuffer and plane index or NULL if it does not exist.

void drm_gem_fb_destroy(struct drm_framebuffer *fb)¶: Free GEM backed framebuffer

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: Framebuffer

Description

Frees a GEM backed framebuffer with its backing buffer(s) and the structure itself. Drivers can use this as their drm_framebuffer_funcs->destroy callback.

int drm_gem_fb_create_handle(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, struct drm_file *file, unsigned int *handle)¶: Create handle for GEM backed framebuffer

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: Framebuffer
struct drm_file *file: DRM file to register the handle for
unsigned int *handle: Pointer to return the created handle

Description

This function creates a handle for the GEM object backing the framebuffer. Drivers can use this as their drm_framebuffer_funcs->create_handle callback. The GETFB IOCTL calls into this callback.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_gem_fb_init_with_funcs(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_framebuffer *fb, struct drm_file *file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd, const struct drm_framebuffer_funcs *funcs)¶: Helper function for implementing drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback in cases when the driver allocates a subclass of struct drm_framebuffer

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_framebuffer *fb: framebuffer object
struct drm_file *file: DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd: Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
const struct drm_framebuffer_funcs *funcs: vtable to be used for the new framebuffer object

Description

This function can be used to set drm_framebuffer_funcs for drivers that need custom framebuffer callbacks. Use drm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need to change drm_framebuffer_funcs. The function does buffer size validation. The buffer size validation is for a general case, though, so users should pay attention to the checks being appropriate for them or, at least, non-conflicting.

Return

Zero or a negative error code.

struct drm_framebuffer *drm_gem_fb_create_with_funcs(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_file *file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd, const struct drm_framebuffer_funcs *funcs)¶: Helper function for the drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_file *file: DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd: Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
const struct drm_framebuffer_funcs *funcs: vtable to be used for the new framebuffer object

Description

This function can be used to set drm_framebuffer_funcs for drivers that need custom framebuffer callbacks. Use drm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need to change drm_framebuffer_funcs. The function does buffer size validation.

Return

Pointer to a drm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.

struct drm_framebuffer *drm_gem_fb_create(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_file *file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd)¶: Helper function for the drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_file *file: DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd: Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request

Description

This function creates a new framebuffer object described by drm_mode_fb_cmd2. This description includes handles for the buffer(s) backing the framebuffer.

If your hardware has special alignment or pitch requirements these should be checked before calling this function. The function does buffer size validation. Use drm_gem_fb_create_with_dirty() if you need framebuffer flushing.

Drivers can use this as their drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback. The ADDFB2 IOCTL calls into this callback.

Return

Pointer to a drm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.

struct drm_framebuffer *drm_gem_fb_create_with_dirty(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_file *file, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd)¶: Helper function for the drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_file *file: DRM file that holds the GEM handle(s) backing the framebuffer
const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd: Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request

Description

This function creates a new framebuffer object described by drm_mode_fb_cmd2. This description includes handles for the buffer(s) backing the framebuffer. drm_atomic_helper_dirtyfb() is used for the dirty callback giving framebuffer flushing through the atomic machinery. Use drm_gem_fb_create() if you don’t need the dirty callback. The function does buffer size validation.

Drivers should also call drm_plane_enable_fb_damage_clips() on all planes to enable userspace to use damage clips also with the ATOMIC IOCTL.

Drivers can use this as their drm_mode_config_funcs.fb_create callback. The ADDFB2 IOCTL calls into this callback.

Return

Pointer to a drm_framebuffer on success or an error pointer on failure.

int drm_gem_fb_vmap(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, struct iosys_map *map, struct iosys_map *data)¶: maps all framebuffer BOs into kernel address space

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: the framebuffer
struct iosys_map *map: returns the mapping’s address for each BO
struct iosys_map *data: returns the data address for each BO, can be NULL

Description

This function maps all buffer objects of the given framebuffer into kernel address space and stores them in struct iosys_map. If the mapping operation fails for one of the BOs, the function unmaps the already established mappings automatically.

Callers that want to access a BO’s stored data should pass data. The argument returns the addresses of the data stored in each BO. This is different from map if the framebuffer’s offsets field is non-zero.

Both, map and data, must each refer to arrays with at least fb->format->num_planes elements.

See drm_gem_fb_vunmap() for unmapping.

Return

0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

void drm_gem_fb_vunmap(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, struct iosys_map *map)¶: unmaps framebuffer BOs from kernel address space

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: the framebuffer
struct iosys_map *map: mapping addresses as returned by drm_gem_fb_vmap()

Description

This function unmaps all buffer objects of the given framebuffer.

See drm_gem_fb_vmap() for more information.

int drm_gem_fb_begin_cpu_access(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, enum dma_data_direction dir)¶: prepares GEM buffer objects for CPU access

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: the framebuffer
enum dma_data_direction dir: access mode

Description

Prepares a framebuffer’s GEM buffer objects for CPU access. This function must be called before accessing the BO data within the kernel. For imported BOs, the function calls dma_buf_begin_cpu_access().

See drm_gem_fb_end_cpu_access() for signalling the end of CPU access.

Return

0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

void drm_gem_fb_end_cpu_access(struct drm_framebuffer *fb, enum dma_data_direction dir)¶: signals end of CPU access to GEM buffer objects

Parameters

struct drm_framebuffer *fb: the framebuffer
enum dma_data_direction dir: access mode

Description

Signals the end of CPU access to the given framebuffer’s GEM buffer objects. This function must be paired with a corresponding call to drm_gem_fb_begin_cpu_access(). For imported BOs, the function calls dma_buf_end_cpu_access().

int drm_gem_fb_afbc_init(struct drm_device *dev, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd, struct drm_afbc_framebuffer *afbc_fb)¶: Helper function for drivers using afbc to fill and validate all the afbc-specific struct drm_afbc_framebuffer members

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd: Metadata from the userspace framebuffer creation request
struct drm_afbc_framebuffer *afbc_fb: afbc framebuffer

Description

This function can be used by drivers which support afbc to complete the preparation of struct drm_afbc_framebuffer. It must be called after allocating the said struct and calling drm_gem_fb_init_with_funcs(). It is caller’s responsibility to put afbc_fb->base.obj objects in case the call is unsuccessful.

Return

Zero on success or a negative error value on failure.

Bridges¶

Overview¶

struct drm_bridge represents a device that hangs on to an encoder. These are handy when a regular drm_encoder entity isn’t enough to represent the entire encoder chain.

A bridge is always attached to a single drm_encoder at a time, but can be either connected to it directly, or through a chain of bridges:

[ CRTC ---> ] Encoder ---> Bridge A ---> Bridge B

Here, the output of the encoder feeds to bridge A, and that furthers feeds to bridge B. Bridge chains can be arbitrarily long, and shall be fully linear: Chaining multiple bridges to the output of a bridge, or the same bridge to the output of different bridges, is not supported.

drm_bridge, like drm_panel, aren’t drm_mode_object entities like planes, CRTCs, encoders or connectors and hence are not visible to userspace. They just provide additional hooks to get the desired output at the end of the encoder chain.

Display Driver Integration¶

Display drivers are responsible for linking encoders with the first bridge in the chains. This is done by acquiring the appropriate bridge with devm_drm_of_get_bridge(). Once acquired, the bridge shall be attached to the encoder with a call to drm_bridge_attach().

Bridges are responsible for linking themselves with the next bridge in the chain, if any. This is done the same way as for encoders, with the call to drm_bridge_attach() occurring in the drm_bridge_funcs.attach operation.

Once these links are created, the bridges can participate along with encoder functions to perform mode validation and fixup (through drm_bridge_chain_mode_valid() and drm_atomic_bridge_chain_check()), mode setting (through drm_bridge_chain_mode_set()), enable (through drm_atomic_bridge_chain_pre_enable() and drm_atomic_bridge_chain_enable()) and disable (through drm_atomic_bridge_chain_disable() and drm_atomic_bridge_chain_post_disable()). Those functions call the corresponding operations provided in drm_bridge_funcs in sequence for all bridges in the chain.

For display drivers that use the atomic helpers drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset(), drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_enables() and drm_atomic_helper_commit_modeset_disables() (either directly in hand-rolled commit check and commit tail handlers, or through the higher-level drm_atomic_helper_check() and drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail() or drm_atomic_helper_commit_tail_rpm() helpers), this is done transparently and requires no intervention from the driver. For other drivers, the relevant DRM bridge chain functions shall be called manually.

Bridges also participate in implementing the drm_connector at the end of the bridge chain. Display drivers may use the drm_bridge_connector_init() helper to create the drm_connector, or implement it manually on top of the connector-related operations exposed by the bridge (see the overview documentation of bridge operations for more details).

Special Care with MIPI-DSI bridges¶

The interaction between the bridges and other frameworks involved in the probing of the upstream driver and the bridge driver can be challenging. Indeed, there’s multiple cases that needs to be considered:

The upstream driver doesn’t use the component framework and isn’t a MIPI-DSI host. In this case, the bridge driver will probe at some point and the upstream driver should try to probe again by returning EPROBE_DEFER as long as the bridge driver hasn’t probed.
The upstream driver doesn’t use the component framework, but is a MIPI-DSI host. The bridge device uses the MIPI-DCS commands to be controlled. In this case, the bridge device is a child of the display device and when it will probe it’s assured that the display device (and MIPI-DSI host) is present. The upstream driver will be assured that the bridge driver is connected between the mipi_dsi_host_ops.attach and mipi_dsi_host_ops.detach operations. Therefore, it must run mipi_dsi_host_register() in its probe function, and then run drm_bridge_attach() in its mipi_dsi_host_ops.attach hook.
The upstream driver uses the component framework and is a MIPI-DSI host. The bridge device uses the MIPI-DCS commands to be controlled. This is the same situation than above, and can run mipi_dsi_host_register() in either its probe or bind hooks.
The upstream driver uses the component framework and is a MIPI-DSI host. The bridge device uses a separate bus (such as I2C) to be controlled. In this case, there’s no correlation between the probe of the bridge and upstream drivers, so care must be taken to avoid an endless EPROBE_DEFER loop, with each driver waiting for the other to probe.

The ideal pattern to cover the last item (and all the others in the MIPI-DSI host driver case) is to split the operations like this:

The MIPI-DSI host driver must run mipi_dsi_host_register() in its probe hook. It will make sure that the MIPI-DSI host sticks around, and that the driver’s bind can be called.
In its probe hook, the bridge driver must try to find its MIPI-DSI host, register as a MIPI-DSI device and attach the MIPI-DSI device to its host. The bridge driver is now functional.
In its struct mipi_dsi_host_ops.attach hook, the MIPI-DSI host can now add its component. Its bind hook will now be called and since the bridge driver is attached and registered, we can now look for and attach it.

At this point, we’re now certain that both the upstream driver and the bridge driver are functional and we can’t have a deadlock-like situation when probing.

Bridge Operations¶

Bridge drivers expose operations through the drm_bridge_funcs structure. The DRM internals (atomic and CRTC helpers) use the helpers defined in drm_bridge.c to call bridge operations. Those operations are divided in three big categories to support different parts of the bridge usage.

The encoder-related operations support control of the bridges in the chain, and are roughly counterparts to the drm_encoder_helper_funcs operations. They are used by the legacy CRTC and the atomic modeset helpers to perform mode validation, fixup and setting, and enable and disable the bridge automatically.

The enable and disable operations are split in drm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable, drm_bridge_funcs.enable, drm_bridge_funcs.disable and drm_bridge_funcs.post_disable to provide finer-grained control.

Bridge drivers may implement the legacy version of those operations, or the atomic version (prefixed with atomic_), in which case they shall also implement the atomic state bookkeeping operations (drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state, drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_destroy_state and drm_bridge_funcs.reset). Mixing atomic and non-atomic versions of the operations is not supported.
The bus format negotiation operations drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_get_output_bus_fmts and drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_get_input_bus_fmts allow bridge drivers to negotiate the formats transmitted between bridges in the chain when multiple formats are supported. Negotiation for formats is performed transparently for display drivers by the atomic modeset helpers. Only atomic versions of those operations exist, bridge drivers that need to implement them shall thus also implement the atomic version of the encoder-related operations. This feature is not supported by the legacy CRTC helpers.
The connector-related operations support implementing a drm_connector based on a chain of bridges. DRM bridges traditionally create a drm_connector for bridges meant to be used at the end of the chain. This puts additional burden on bridge drivers, especially for bridges that may be used in the middle of a chain or at the end of it. Furthermore, it requires all operations of the drm_connector to be handled by a single bridge, which doesn’t always match the hardware architecture.

To simplify bridge drivers and make the connector implementation more flexible, a new model allows bridges to unconditionally skip creation of drm_connector and instead expose drm_bridge_funcs operations to support an externally-implemented drm_connector. Those operations are drm_bridge_funcs.detect, drm_bridge_funcs.get_modes, drm_bridge_funcs.get_edid, drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_notify, drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_enable and drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_disable. When implemented, display drivers shall create a drm_connector instance for each chain of bridges, and implement those connector instances based on the bridge connector operations.

Bridge drivers shall implement the connector-related operations for all the features that the bridge hardware support. For instance, if a bridge supports reading EDID, the drm_bridge_funcs.get_edid shall be implemented. This however doesn’t mean that the DDC lines are wired to the bridge on a particular platform, as they could also be connected to an I2C controller of the SoC. Support for the connector-related operations on the running platform is reported through the drm_bridge.ops flags. Bridge drivers shall detect which operations they can support on the platform (usually this information is provided by ACPI or DT), and set the drm_bridge.ops flags for all supported operations. A flag shall only be set if the corresponding drm_bridge_funcs operation is implemented, but an implemented operation doesn’t necessarily imply that the corresponding flag will be set. Display drivers shall use the drm_bridge.ops flags to decide which bridge to delegate a connector operation to. This mechanism allows providing a single static const drm_bridge_funcs instance in bridge drivers, improving security by storing function pointers in read-only memory.

In order to ease transition, bridge drivers may support both the old and new models by making connector creation optional and implementing the connected-related bridge operations. Connector creation is then controlled by the flags argument to the drm_bridge_attach() function. Display drivers that support the new model and create connectors themselves shall set the DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTOR flag, and bridge drivers shall then skip connector creation. For intermediate bridges in the chain, the flag shall be passed to the drm_bridge_attach() call for the downstream bridge. Bridge drivers that implement the new model only shall return an error from their drm_bridge_funcs.attach handler when the DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTOR flag is not set. New display drivers should use the new model, and convert the bridge drivers they use if needed, in order to gradually transition to the new model.

Bridge Connector Helper¶

The DRM bridge connector helper object provides a DRM connector implementation that wraps a chain of struct drm_bridge. The connector operations are fully implemented based on the operations of the bridges in the chain, and don’t require any intervention from the display controller driver at runtime.

To use the helper, display controller drivers create a bridge connector with a call to drm_bridge_connector_init(). This associates the newly created connector with the chain of bridges passed to the function and registers it with the DRM device. At that point the connector becomes fully usable, no further operation is needed.

The DRM bridge connector operations are implemented based on the operations provided by the bridges in the chain. Each connector operation is delegated to the bridge closest to the connector (at the end of the chain) that provides the relevant functionality.

To make use of this helper, all bridges in the chain shall report bridge operation flags (drm_bridge->ops) and bridge output type (drm_bridge->type), as well as the DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTOR attach flag (none of the bridges shall create a DRM connector directly).

Bridge Helper Reference¶

enum drm_bridge_attach_flags¶: Flags for drm_bridge_funcs.attach

Constants

DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_NO_CONNECTOR: When this flag is set the bridge shall not create a drm_connector.

struct drm_bridge_funcs¶: drm_bridge control functions

Definition:

struct drm_bridge_funcs {
    int (*attach)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, enum drm_bridge_attach_flags flags);
    void (*detach)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    enum drm_mode_status (*mode_valid)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_info *info, const struct drm_display_mode *mode);
    bool (*mode_fixup)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
    void (*disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    void (*post_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    void (*mode_set)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, const struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode);
    void (*pre_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    void (*enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    void (*atomic_pre_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state);
    void (*atomic_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state);
    void (*atomic_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state);
    void (*atomic_post_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *old_bridge_state);
    struct drm_bridge_state *(*atomic_duplicate_state)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    void (*atomic_destroy_state)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge_state *state);
    u32 *(*atomic_get_output_bus_fmts)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,struct drm_bridge_state *bridge_state,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state,struct drm_connector_state *conn_state, unsigned int *num_output_fmts);
    u32 *(*atomic_get_input_bus_fmts)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,struct drm_bridge_state *bridge_state,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state,struct drm_connector_state *conn_state,u32 output_fmt, unsigned int *num_input_fmts);
    int (*atomic_check)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,struct drm_bridge_state *bridge_state,struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state);
    struct drm_bridge_state *(*atomic_reset)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    enum drm_connector_status (*detect)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    int (*get_modes)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_connector *connector);
    const struct drm_edid *(*edid_read)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_connector *connector);
    void (*hpd_notify)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, enum drm_connector_status status);
    void (*hpd_enable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    void (*hpd_disable)(struct drm_bridge *bridge);
    enum drm_mode_status(*hdmi_tmds_char_rate_valid)(const struct drm_bridge *bridge,const struct drm_display_mode *mode, unsigned long long tmds_rate);
    int (*hdmi_clear_infoframe)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, enum hdmi_infoframe_type type);
    int (*hdmi_write_infoframe)(struct drm_bridge *bridge,enum hdmi_infoframe_type type, const u8 *buffer, size_t len);
    void (*debugfs_init)(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct dentry *root);
};

Members

attach

This callback is invoked whenever our bridge is being attached to a drm_encoder. The flags argument tunes the behaviour of the attach operation (see DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_*).

The attach callback is optional.

RETURNS:

Zero on success, error code on failure.

detach

This callback is invoked whenever our bridge is being detached from a drm_encoder.

The detach callback is optional.

mode_valid

This callback is used to check if a specific mode is valid in this bridge. This should be implemented if the bridge has some sort of restriction in the modes it can display. For example, a given bridge may be responsible to set a clock value. If the clock can not produce all the values for the available modes then this callback can be used to restrict the number of modes to only the ones that can be displayed.

This hook is used by the probe helpers to filter the mode list in drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(), and it is used by the atomic helpers to validate modes supplied by userspace in drm_atomic_helper_check_modeset().

The mode_valid callback is optional.

NOTE:

Since this function is both called from the check phase of an atomic commit, and the mode validation in the probe paths it is not allowed to look at anything else but the passed-in mode, and validate it against configuration-invariant hardware constraints. Any further limits which depend upon the configuration can only be checked in mode_fixup.

RETURNS:

drm_mode_status Enum

mode_fixup

This callback is used to validate and adjust a mode. The parameter mode is the display mode that should be fed to the next element in the display chain, either the final drm_connector or the next drm_bridge. The parameter adjusted_mode is the input mode the bridge requires. It can be modified by this callback and does not need to match mode. See also drm_crtc_state.adjusted_mode for more details.

This is the only hook that allows a bridge to reject a modeset. If this function passes all other callbacks must succeed for this configuration.

The mode_fixup callback is optional. drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup() is not called when drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check() is implemented, so only one of them should be provided.

NOTE:

This function is called in the check phase of atomic modesets, which can be aborted for any reason (including on userspace’s request to just check whether a configuration would be possible). Drivers MUST NOT touch any persistent state (hardware or software) or data structures except the passed in state parameter.

Also beware that userspace can request its own custom modes, neither core nor helpers filter modes to the list of probe modes reported by the GETCONNECTOR IOCTL and stored in drm_connector.modes. To ensure that modes are filtered consistently put any bridge constraints and limits checks into mode_valid.

RETURNS:

True if an acceptable configuration is possible, false if the modeset operation should be rejected.

disable

This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s disable vfunc. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right before the drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable, drm_encoder_helper_funcs.prepare or drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms hook.

The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is still running when this callback is called.

The disable callback is optional.

NOTE:

This is deprecated, do not use! New drivers shall use drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_disable.

post_disable

This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s post_disable function. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right after the encoder’s drm_encoder_helper_funcs.disable, drm_encoder_helper_funcs.prepare or drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms hook.

The bridge must assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is no longer running when this callback is called.

The post_disable callback is optional.

NOTE:

This is deprecated, do not use! New drivers shall use drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_post_disable.

mode_set

This callback should set the given mode on the bridge. It is called after the mode_set callback for the preceding element in the display pipeline has been called already. If the bridge is the first element then this would be drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_set. The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) is off when this function is called.

The adjusted_mode parameter is the mode output by the CRTC for the first bridge in the chain. It can be different from the mode parameter that contains the desired mode for the connector at the end of the bridges chain, for instance when the first bridge in the chain performs scaling. The adjusted mode is mostly useful for the first bridge in the chain and is likely irrelevant for the other bridges.

For atomic drivers the adjusted_mode is the mode stored in drm_crtc_state.adjusted_mode.

NOTE:

This is deprecated, do not use! New drivers shall set their mode in the drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_enable operation.

pre_enable

This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s pre_enable function. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right before the encoder’s drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable, drm_encoder_helper_funcs.commit or drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms hook.

The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding this bridge will not yet be running when this callback is called. The bridge must not enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain (if there is one) when this callback is called.

The pre_enable callback is optional.

NOTE:

This is deprecated, do not use! New drivers shall use drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_pre_enable.

enable

This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s enable function. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right after the encoder’s drm_encoder_helper_funcs.enable, drm_encoder_helper_funcs.commit or drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms hook.

The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is running when this callback is called. This callback must enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain if there is one.

The enable callback is optional.

NOTE:

This is deprecated, do not use! New drivers shall use drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_enable.

atomic_pre_enable

This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s atomic_pre_enable or pre_enable function. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right before the encoder’s drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable hook.

The display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding this bridge will not yet be running when this callback is called. The bridge must not enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain (if there is one) when this callback is called.

The atomic_pre_enable callback is optional.

atomic_enable

This callback should enable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is enabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s atomic_enable or enable function. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right after the encoder’s drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable hook.

The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is running when this callback is called. This callback must enable the display link feeding the next bridge in the chain if there is one.

The atomic_enable callback is optional.

atomic_disable

This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right before the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called before that bridge’s atomic_disable or disable vfunc. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right before the drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable hook.

The bridge can assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is still running when this callback is called.

The atomic_disable callback is optional.

atomic_post_disable

This callback should disable the bridge. It is called right after the preceding element in the display pipe is disabled. If the preceding element is a bridge this means it’s called after that bridge’s atomic_post_disable or post_disable function. If the preceding element is a drm_encoder it’s called right after the encoder’s drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable hook.

The bridge must assume that the display pipe (i.e. clocks and timing signals) feeding it is no longer running when this callback is called.

The atomic_post_disable callback is optional.

atomic_duplicate_state

Duplicate the current bridge state object (which is guaranteed to be non-NULL).

The atomic_duplicate_state hook is mandatory if the bridge implements any of the atomic hooks, and should be left unassigned otherwise. For bridges that don’t subclass drm_bridge_state, the drm_atomic_helper_bridge_duplicate_state() helper function shall be used to implement this hook.

RETURNS: A valid drm_bridge_state object or NULL if the allocation fails.

atomic_destroy_state

Destroy a bridge state object previously allocated by drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_duplicate_state().

The atomic_destroy_state hook is mandatory if the bridge implements any of the atomic hooks, and should be left unassigned otherwise. For bridges that don’t subclass drm_bridge_state, the drm_atomic_helper_bridge_destroy_state() helper function shall be used to implement this hook.

atomic_get_output_bus_fmts

Return the supported bus formats on the output end of a bridge. The returned array must be allocated with kmalloc() and will be freed by the caller. If the allocation fails, NULL should be returned. num_output_fmts must be set to the returned array size. Formats listed in the returned array should be listed in decreasing preference order (the core will try all formats until it finds one that works).

This method is only called on the last element of the bridge chain as part of the bus format negotiation process that happens in drm_atomic_bridge_chain_select_bus_fmts`(). This method is optional. When not implemented, the core will fall back to :c:type:`drm_connector.display_info.bus_formats[0] if drm_connector.display_info.num_bus_formats > 0, or to MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED otherwise.

atomic_get_input_bus_fmts

Return the supported bus formats on the input end of a bridge for a specific output bus format.

The returned array must be allocated with kmalloc() and will be freed by the caller. If the allocation fails, NULL should be returned. num_input_fmts must be set to the returned array size. Formats listed in the returned array should be listed in decreasing preference order (the core will try all formats until it finds one that works). When the format is not supported NULL should be returned and num_input_fmts should be set to 0.

This method is called on all elements of the bridge chain as part of the bus format negotiation process that happens in drm_atomic_bridge_chain_select_bus_fmts(). This method is optional. When not implemented, the core will bypass bus format negotiation on this element of the bridge without failing, and the previous element in the chain will be passed MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED as its output bus format.

Bridge drivers that need to support being linked to bridges that are not supporting bus format negotiation should handle the output_fmt == MEDIA_BUS_FMT_FIXED case appropriately, by selecting a sensible default value or extracting this information from somewhere else (FW property, drm_display_mode, drm_display_info, ...)

Note: Even if input format selection on the first bridge has no impact on the negotiation process (bus format negotiation stops once we reach the first element of the chain), drivers are expected to return accurate input formats as the input format may be used to configure the CRTC output appropriately.

atomic_check

This method is responsible for checking bridge state correctness. It can also check the state of the surrounding components in chain to make sure the whole pipeline can work properly.

drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check() hooks are called in reverse order (from the last to the first bridge).

This method is optional. drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup() is not called when drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check() is implemented, so only one of them should be provided.

If drivers need to tweak drm_bridge_state.input_bus_cfg.flags or drm_bridge_state.output_bus_cfg.flags it should happen in this function. By default the drm_bridge_state.output_bus_cfg.flags field is set to the next bridge drm_bridge_state.input_bus_cfg.flags value or drm_connector.display_info.bus_flags if the bridge is the last element in the chain.

RETURNS: zero if the check passed, a negative error code otherwise.

atomic_reset

Reset the bridge to a predefined state (or retrieve its current state) and return a drm_bridge_state object matching this state. This function is called at attach time.

The atomic_reset hook is mandatory if the bridge implements any of the atomic hooks, and should be left unassigned otherwise. For bridges that don’t subclass drm_bridge_state, the drm_atomic_helper_bridge_reset() helper function shall be used to implement this hook.

Note that the atomic_reset() semantics is not exactly matching the reset() semantics found on other components (connector, plane, ...).

The reset operation happens when the bridge is attached, not when drm_mode_config_reset() is called
It’s meant to be used exclusively on bridges that have been converted to the ATOMIC API

RETURNS: A valid drm_bridge_state object in case of success, an ERR_PTR() giving the reason of the failure otherwise.

detect

Check if anything is attached to the bridge output.

This callback is optional, if not implemented the bridge will be considered as always having a component attached to its output. Bridges that implement this callback shall set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_DETECT flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

RETURNS:

drm_connector_status indicating the bridge output status.

get_modes

Fill all modes currently valid for the sink into the drm_connector with drm_mode_probed_add().

The get_modes callback is mostly intended to support non-probeable displays such as many fixed panels. Bridges that support reading EDID shall leave get_modes unimplemented and implement the drm_bridge_funcs->edid_read callback instead.

This callback is optional. Bridges that implement it shall set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_MODES flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

The connector parameter shall be used for the sole purpose of filling modes, and shall not be stored internally by bridge drivers for future usage.

RETURNS:

The number of modes added by calling drm_mode_probed_add().

edid_read

Read the EDID data of the connected display.

The edid_read callback is the preferred way of reporting mode information for a display connected to the bridge output. Bridges that support reading EDID shall implement this callback and leave the get_modes callback unimplemented.

The caller of this operation shall first verify the output connection status and refrain from reading EDID from a disconnected output.

This callback is optional. Bridges that implement it shall set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

The connector parameter shall be used for the sole purpose of EDID retrieval, and shall not be stored internally by bridge drivers for future usage.

RETURNS:

An edid structure newly allocated with drm_edid_alloc() or returned from drm_edid_read() family of functions on success, or NULL otherwise. The caller is responsible for freeing the returned edid structure with drm_edid_free().

hpd_notify

Notify the bridge of hot plug detection.

This callback is optional, it may be implemented by bridges that need to be notified of display connection or disconnection for internal reasons. One use case is to reset the internal state of CEC controllers for HDMI bridges.

hpd_enable

Enable hot plug detection. From now on the bridge shall call drm_bridge_hpd_notify() each time a change is detected in the output connection status, until hot plug detection gets disabled with hpd_disable.

This callback is optional and shall only be implemented by bridges that support hot-plug notification without polling. Bridges that implement it shall also implement the hpd_disable callback and set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

hpd_disable

Disable hot plug detection. Once this function returns the bridge shall not call drm_bridge_hpd_notify() when a change in the output connection status occurs.

This callback is optional and shall only be implemented by bridges that support hot-plug notification without polling. Bridges that implement it shall also implement the hpd_enable callback and set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

hdmi_tmds_char_rate_valid

Check whether a particular TMDS character rate is supported by the driver.

This callback is optional and should only be implemented by the bridges that take part in the HDMI connector implementation. Bridges that implement it shall set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

Returns:

Either drm_mode_status.MODE_OK or one of the failure reasons in enum drm_mode_status.

hdmi_clear_infoframe

This callback clears the infoframes in the hardware during commit. It will be called multiple times, once for every disabled infoframe type.

This callback is optional but it must be implemented by bridges that set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

hdmi_write_infoframe

Program the infoframe into the hardware. It will be called multiple times, once for every updated infoframe type.

This callback is optional but it must be implemented by bridges that set the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI flag in their drm_bridge->ops.

debugfs_init

Allows bridges to create bridge-specific debugfs files.

struct drm_bridge_timings¶: timing information for the bridge

Definition:

struct drm_bridge_timings {
    u32 input_bus_flags;
    u32 setup_time_ps;
    u32 hold_time_ps;
    bool dual_link;
};

Members

input_bus_flags: Tells what additional settings for the pixel data on the bus this bridge requires (like pixel signal polarity). See also drm_display_info->bus_flags.
setup_time_ps: Defines the time in picoseconds the input data lines must be stable before the clock edge.
hold_time_ps: Defines the time in picoseconds taken for the bridge to sample the input signal after the clock edge.
dual_link: True if the bus operates in dual-link mode. The exact meaning is dependent on the bus type. For LVDS buses, this indicates that even- and odd-numbered pixels are received on separate links.

enum drm_bridge_ops¶: Bitmask of operations supported by the bridge

Constants

DRM_BRIDGE_OP_DETECT

The bridge can detect displays connected to its output. Bridges that set this flag shall implement the drm_bridge_funcs->detect callback.

DRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID

The bridge can retrieve the EDID of the display connected to its output. Bridges that set this flag shall implement the drm_bridge_funcs->edid_read callback.

DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD

The bridge can detect hot-plug and hot-unplug without requiring polling. Bridges that set this flag shall implement the drm_bridge_funcs->hpd_enable and drm_bridge_funcs->hpd_disable callbacks if they support enabling and disabling hot-plug detection dynamically.

DRM_BRIDGE_OP_MODES

The bridge can retrieve the modes supported by the display at its output. This does not include reading EDID which is separately covered by DRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID. Bridges that set this flag shall implement the drm_bridge_funcs->get_modes callback.

DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI

The bridge provides HDMI connector operations, including infoframes support. Bridges that set this flag must implement the drm_bridge_funcs->write_infoframe callback.

Note: currently there can be at most one bridge in a chain that sets this bit. This is to simplify corresponding glue code in connector drivers.

struct drm_bridge¶: central DRM bridge control structure

Definition:

struct drm_bridge {
    struct drm_private_obj base;
    struct drm_device *dev;
    struct drm_encoder *encoder;
    struct list_head chain_node;
    struct device_node *of_node;
    struct list_head list;
    const struct drm_bridge_timings *timings;
    const struct drm_bridge_funcs *funcs;
    void *driver_private;
    enum drm_bridge_ops ops;
    int type;
    bool interlace_allowed;
    bool pre_enable_prev_first;
    struct i2c_adapter *ddc;
    struct mutex hpd_mutex;
    void (*hpd_cb)(void *data, enum drm_connector_status status);
    void *hpd_data;
    const char *vendor;
    const char *product;
    unsigned int supported_formats;
    unsigned int max_bpc;
};

Members

base: inherit from drm_private_object
dev: DRM device this bridge belongs to
encoder: encoder to which this bridge is connected
chain_node: used to form a bridge chain
of_node: device node pointer to the bridge
list: to keep track of all added bridges
timings: the timing specification for the bridge, if any (may be NULL)
funcs: control functions
driver_private: pointer to the bridge driver’s internal context
ops: bitmask of operations supported by the bridge
type: Type of the connection at the bridge output (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*). For bridges at the end of this chain this identifies the type of connected display.
interlace_allowed: Indicate that the bridge can handle interlaced modes.
pre_enable_prev_first: The bridge requires that the prev bridge pre_enable function is called before its pre_enable, and conversely for post_disable. This is most frequently a requirement for DSI devices which need the host to be initialised before the peripheral.
ddc: Associated I2C adapter for DDC access, if any.
hpd_mutex: Protects the hpd_cb and hpd_data fields.
hpd_cb: Hot plug detection callback, registered with drm_bridge_hpd_enable().
hpd_data: Private data passed to the Hot plug detection callback hpd_cb.
vendor: Vendor of the product to be used for the SPD InfoFrame generation. This is required if DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI is set.
product: Name of the product to be used for the SPD InfoFrame generation. This is required if DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI is set.
supported_formats: Bitmask of hdmi_colorspace listing supported output formats. This is only relevant if DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI is set.
max_bpc: Maximum bits per char the HDMI bridge supports. Allowed values are 8, 10 and 12. This is only relevant if DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HDMI is set.

struct drm_bridge *drm_bridge_get_next_bridge(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Get the next bridge in the chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge object

Return

the next bridge in the chain after bridge, or NULL if bridge is the last.

struct drm_bridge *drm_bridge_get_prev_bridge(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Get the previous bridge in the chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge object

Return

the previous bridge in the chain, or NULL if bridge is the first.

struct drm_bridge *drm_bridge_chain_get_first_bridge(struct drm_encoder *encoder)¶: Get the first bridge in the chain

Parameters

struct drm_encoder *encoder: encoder object

Return

the first bridge in the chain, or NULL if encoder has no bridge attached to it.

drm_for_each_bridge_in_chain¶

drm_for_each_bridge_in_chain (encoder, bridge)

Iterate over all bridges present in a chain

Parameters

encoder: the encoder to iterate bridges on
bridge: a bridge pointer updated to point to the current bridge at each iteration

Description

Iterate over all bridges present in the bridge chain attached to encoder.

void drm_bridge_add(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: add the given bridge to the global bridge list

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure

int devm_drm_bridge_add(struct device *dev, struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: devm managed version of drm_bridge_add()

Parameters

struct device *dev: device to tie the bridge lifetime to
struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure

Description

This is the managed version of drm_bridge_add() which automatically calls drm_bridge_remove() when dev is unbound.

Return

0 if no error or negative error code.

void drm_bridge_remove(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: remove the given bridge from the global bridge list

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure

int drm_bridge_attach(struct drm_encoder *encoder, struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_bridge *previous, enum drm_bridge_attach_flags flags)¶: attach the bridge to an encoder’s chain

Parameters

struct drm_encoder *encoder: DRM encoder
struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge to attach
struct drm_bridge *previous: previous bridge in the chain (optional)
enum drm_bridge_attach_flags flags: DRM_BRIDGE_ATTACH_* flags

Description

Called by a kms driver to link the bridge to an encoder’s chain. The previous argument specifies the previous bridge in the chain. If NULL, the bridge is linked directly at the encoder’s output. Otherwise it is linked at the previous bridge’s output.

If non-NULL the previous bridge must be already attached by a call to this function.

Note that bridges attached to encoders are auto-detached during encoder cleanup in drm_encoder_cleanup(), so drm_bridge_attach() should generally not be balanced with a drm_bridge_detach() in driver code.

Return

Zero on success, error code on failure

enum drm_mode_status drm_bridge_chain_mode_valid(struct drm_bridge *bridge, const struct drm_display_info *info, const struct drm_display_mode *mode)¶: validate the mode against all bridges in the encoder chain.

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
const struct drm_display_info *info: display info against which the mode shall be validated
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: desired mode to be validated

Description

Calls drm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. If at least one bridge does not accept the mode the function returns the error code.

Note

the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder.

Return

MODE_OK on success, drm_mode_status Enum error code on failure

void drm_bridge_chain_mode_set(struct drm_bridge *bridge, const struct drm_display_mode *mode, const struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode)¶: set proposed mode for all bridges in the encoder chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: desired mode to be set for the encoder chain
const struct drm_display_mode *adjusted_mode: updated mode that works for this encoder chain

Description

Calls drm_bridge_funcs.mode_set op for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last.

Note

the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder

void drm_atomic_bridge_chain_disable(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: disables all bridges in the encoder chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: old atomic state

Description

Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_disable (falls back on drm_bridge_funcs.disable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before calling drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable

Note

the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder

void drm_atomic_bridge_chain_post_disable(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: cleans up after disabling all bridges in the encoder chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: old atomic state

Description

Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_post_disable (falls back on drm_bridge_funcs.post_disable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called after completing drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_disable

If a bridge sets pre_enable_prev_first, then the post_disable for that bridge will be called before the previous one to reverse the pre_enable calling direction.

With pre_enable_prev_first flag enable in Bridge B, D, E then the resulting post_disable order would be, Bridge B, Bridge A, Bridge E, Bridge D, Bridge C.

Example

Bridge A ---> Bridge B ---> Bridge C ---> Bridge D ---> Bridge E

Note

the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder

void drm_atomic_bridge_chain_pre_enable(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: prepares for enabling all bridges in the encoder chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: old atomic state

Description

Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_pre_enable (falls back on drm_bridge_funcs.pre_enable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before calling drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable

If a bridge sets pre_enable_prev_first, then the pre_enable for the prev bridge will be called before pre_enable of this bridge.

With pre_enable_prev_first flag enable in Bridge B, D, E then the resulting pre_enable order would be, Bridge C, Bridge D, Bridge E, Bridge A, Bridge B.

Example

Bridge A ---> Bridge B ---> Bridge C ---> Bridge D ---> Bridge E

Note

the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder

void drm_atomic_bridge_chain_enable(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_atomic_state *old_state)¶: enables all bridges in the encoder chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_atomic_state *old_state: old atomic state

Description

Calls drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_enable (falls back on drm_bridge_funcs.enable) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the first bridge to the last. These are called after completing drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_enable

Note

the bridge passed should be the one closest to the encoder

int drm_atomic_bridge_chain_check(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_connector_state *conn_state)¶: Do an atomic check on the bridge chain

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state: new CRTC state
struct drm_connector_state *conn_state: new connector state

Description

First trigger a bus format negotiation before calling drm_bridge_funcs.atomic_check() (falls back on drm_bridge_funcs.mode_fixup()) op for all the bridges in the encoder chain, starting from the last bridge to the first. These are called before calling drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_check()

Return

0 on success, a negative error code on failure

enum drm_connector_status drm_bridge_detect(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: check if anything is attached to the bridge output

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure

Description

If the bridge supports output detection, as reported by the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_DETECT bridge ops flag, call drm_bridge_funcs.detect for the bridge and return the connection status. Otherwise return connector_status_unknown.

Return

The detection status on success, or connector_status_unknown if the bridge doesn’t support output detection.

int drm_bridge_get_modes(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_connector *connector)¶: fill all modes currently valid for the sink into the connector

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_connector *connector: the connector to fill with modes

Description

If the bridge supports output modes retrieval, as reported by the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_MODES bridge ops flag, call drm_bridge_funcs.get_modes to fill the connector with all valid modes and return the number of modes added. Otherwise return 0.

Return

The number of modes added to the connector.

const struct drm_edid *drm_bridge_edid_read(struct drm_bridge *bridge, struct drm_connector *connector)¶: read the EDID data of the connected display

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
struct drm_connector *connector: the connector to read EDID for

Description

If the bridge supports output EDID retrieval, as reported by the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_EDID bridge ops flag, call drm_bridge_funcs.edid_read to get the EDID and return it. Otherwise return NULL.

Return

The retrieved EDID on success, or NULL otherwise.

void drm_bridge_hpd_enable(struct drm_bridge *bridge, void (*cb)(void *data, enum drm_connector_status status), void *data)¶: enable hot plug detection for the bridge

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
void (*cb)(void *data, enum drm_connector_status status): hot-plug detection callback
void *data: data to be passed to the hot-plug detection callback

Description

Call drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_enable if implemented and register the given cb and data as hot plug notification callback. From now on the cb will be called with data when an output status change is detected by the bridge, until hot plug notification gets disabled with drm_bridge_hpd_disable().

Hot plug detection is supported only if the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag is set in bridge->ops. This function shall not be called when the flag is not set.

Only one hot plug detection callback can be registered at a time, it is an error to call this function when hot plug detection is already enabled for the bridge.

void drm_bridge_hpd_disable(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: disable hot plug detection for the bridge

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure

Description

Call drm_bridge_funcs.hpd_disable if implemented and unregister the hot plug detection callback previously registered with drm_bridge_hpd_enable(). Once this function returns the callback will not be called by the bridge when an output status change occurs.

Hot plug detection is supported only if the DRM_BRIDGE_OP_HPD flag is set in bridge->ops. This function shall not be called when the flag is not set.

void drm_bridge_hpd_notify(struct drm_bridge *bridge, enum drm_connector_status status)¶: notify hot plug detection events

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: bridge control structure
enum drm_connector_status status: output connection status

Description

Bridge drivers shall call this function to report hot plug events when they detect a change in the output status, when hot plug detection has been enabled by drm_bridge_hpd_enable().

This function shall be called in a context that can sleep.

struct drm_bridge *of_drm_find_bridge(struct device_node *np)¶: find the bridge corresponding to the device node in the global bridge list

Parameters

struct device_node *np: device node

Return

drm_bridge control struct on success, NULL on failure

MIPI-DSI bridge operation¶

DSI host interfaces are expected to be implemented as bridges rather than encoders, however there are a few aspects of their operation that need to be defined in order to provide a consistent interface.

A DSI host should keep the PHY powered down until the pre_enable operation is called. All lanes are in an undefined idle state up to this point, and it must not be assumed that it is LP-11. pre_enable should initialise the PHY, set the data lanes to LP-11, and the clock lane to either LP-11 or HS depending on the mode_flag MIPI_DSI_CLOCK_NON_CONTINUOUS.

Ordinarily the downstream bridge DSI peripheral pre_enable will have been called before the DSI host. If the DSI peripheral requires LP-11 and/or the clock lane to be in HS mode prior to pre_enable, then it can set the pre_enable_prev_first flag to request the pre_enable (and post_disable) order to be altered to enable the DSI host first.

Either the CRTC being enabled, or the DSI host enable operation should switch the host to actively transmitting video on the data lanes.

The reverse also applies. The DSI host disable operation or stopping the CRTC should stop transmitting video, and the data lanes should return to the LP-11 state. The DSI host post_disable operation should disable the PHY. If the pre_enable_prev_first flag is set, then the DSI peripheral’s bridge post_disable will be called before the DSI host’s post_disable.

Whilst it is valid to call host_transfer prior to pre_enable or after post_disable, the exact state of the lanes is undefined at this point. The DSI host should initialise the interface, transmit the data, and then disable the interface again.

Ultra Low Power State (ULPS) is not explicitly supported by DRM. If implemented, it therefore needs to be handled entirely within the DSI Host driver.

Bridge Connector Helper Reference¶

struct drm_connector *drm_bridge_connector_init(struct drm_device *drm, struct drm_encoder *encoder)¶: Initialise a connector for a chain of bridges

Parameters

struct drm_device *drm: the DRM device
struct drm_encoder *encoder: the encoder where the bridge chain starts

Description

Allocate, initialise and register a drm_bridge_connector with the drm device. The connector is associated with a chain of bridges that starts at the encoder. All bridges in the chain shall report bridge operation flags (drm_bridge->ops) and bridge output type (drm_bridge->type), and none of them may create a DRM connector directly.

Returns a pointer to the new connector on success, or a negative error pointer otherwise.

Panel-Bridge Helper Reference¶

bool drm_bridge_is_panel(const struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Checks if a drm_bridge is a panel_bridge.

Parameters

const struct drm_bridge *bridge: The drm_bridge to be checked.

Description

Returns true if the bridge is a panel bridge, or false otherwise.

struct drm_bridge *drm_panel_bridge_add(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: Creates a drm_bridge and drm_connector that just calls the appropriate functions from drm_panel.

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.

Description

For drivers converting from directly using drm_panel: The expected usage pattern is that during either encoder module probe or DSI host attach, a drm_panel will be looked up through drm_of_find_panel_or_bridge(). drm_panel_bridge_add() is used to wrap that panel in the new bridge, and the result can then be passed to drm_bridge_attach(). The drm_panel_prepare() and related functions can be dropped from the encoder driver (they’re now called by the KMS helpers before calling into the encoder), along with connector creation. When done with the bridge (after drm_mode_config_cleanup() if the bridge has already been attached), then drm_panel_bridge_remove() to free it.

The connector type is set to panel->connector_type, which must be set to a known type. Calling this function with a panel whose connector type is DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_Unknown will return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL).

See devm_drm_panel_bridge_add() for an automatically managed version of this function.

struct drm_bridge *drm_panel_bridge_add_typed(struct drm_panel *panel, u32 connector_type)¶: Creates a drm_bridge and drm_connector with an explicit connector type.

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
u32 connector_type: The connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*)

Description

This is just like drm_panel_bridge_add(), but forces the connector type to connector_type instead of infering it from the panel.

This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Use drm_panel_bridge_add() instead, and fix panel drivers as necessary if they don’t report a connector type.

void drm_panel_bridge_remove(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Unregisters and frees a drm_bridge created by drm_panel_bridge_add().

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: The drm_bridge being freed.

int drm_panel_bridge_set_orientation(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: Set the connector’s panel orientation from the bridge that can be transformed to panel bridge.

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The connector to be set panel orientation.
struct drm_bridge *bridge: The drm_bridge to be transformed to panel bridge.

Description

Returns 0 on success, negative errno on failure.

struct drm_bridge *devm_drm_panel_bridge_add(struct device *dev, struct drm_panel *panel)¶: Creates a managed drm_bridge and drm_connector that just calls the appropriate functions from drm_panel.

Parameters

struct device *dev: device to tie the bridge lifetime to
struct drm_panel *panel: The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.

Description

This is the managed version of drm_panel_bridge_add() which automatically calls drm_panel_bridge_remove() when dev is unbound.

struct drm_bridge *devm_drm_panel_bridge_add_typed(struct device *dev, struct drm_panel *panel, u32 connector_type)¶: Creates a managed drm_bridge and drm_connector with an explicit connector type.

Parameters

struct device *dev: device to tie the bridge lifetime to
struct drm_panel *panel: The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.
u32 connector_type: The connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*)

Description

This is just like devm_drm_panel_bridge_add(), but forces the connector type to connector_type instead of infering it from the panel.

This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Use devm_drm_panel_bridge_add() instead, and fix panel drivers as necessary if they don’t report a connector type.

struct drm_bridge *drmm_panel_bridge_add(struct drm_device *drm, struct drm_panel *panel)¶: Creates a DRM-managed drm_bridge and drm_connector that just calls the appropriate functions from drm_panel.

Parameters

struct drm_device *drm: DRM device to tie the bridge lifetime to
struct drm_panel *panel: The drm_panel being wrapped. Must be non-NULL.

Description

This is the DRM-managed version of drm_panel_bridge_add() which automatically calls drm_panel_bridge_remove() when dev is cleaned up.

struct drm_connector *drm_panel_bridge_connector(struct drm_bridge *bridge)¶: return the connector for the panel bridge

Parameters

struct drm_bridge *bridge: The drm_bridge.

Description

drm_panel_bridge creates the connector. This function gives external access to the connector.

Return

Pointer to drm_connector

struct drm_bridge *devm_drm_of_get_bridge(struct device *dev, struct device_node *np, u32 port, u32 endpoint)¶: Return next bridge in the chain

Parameters

struct device *dev: device to tie the bridge lifetime to
struct device_node *np: device tree node containing encoder output ports
u32 port: port in the device tree node
u32 endpoint: endpoint in the device tree node

Description

Given a DT node’s port and endpoint number, finds the connected node and returns the associated bridge if any, or creates and returns a drm panel bridge instance if a panel is connected.

Returns a pointer to the bridge if successful, or an error pointer otherwise.

struct drm_bridge *drmm_of_get_bridge(struct drm_device *drm, struct device_node *np, u32 port, u32 endpoint)¶: Return next bridge in the chain

Parameters

struct drm_device *drm: device to tie the bridge lifetime to
struct device_node *np: device tree node containing encoder output ports
u32 port: port in the device tree node
u32 endpoint: endpoint in the device tree node

Description

Given a DT node’s port and endpoint number, finds the connected node and returns the associated bridge if any, or creates and returns a drm panel bridge instance if a panel is connected.

Returns a drmm managed pointer to the bridge if successful, or an error pointer otherwise.

Panel Helper Reference¶

The DRM panel helpers allow drivers to register panel objects with a central registry and provide functions to retrieve those panels in display drivers.

For easy integration into drivers using the drm_bridge infrastructure please take look at drm_panel_bridge_add() and devm_drm_panel_bridge_add().

struct drm_panel_funcs¶: perform operations on a given panel

Definition:

struct drm_panel_funcs {
    int (*prepare)(struct drm_panel *panel);
    int (*enable)(struct drm_panel *panel);
    int (*disable)(struct drm_panel *panel);
    int (*unprepare)(struct drm_panel *panel);
    int (*get_modes)(struct drm_panel *panel, struct drm_connector *connector);
    enum drm_panel_orientation (*get_orientation)(struct drm_panel *panel);
    int (*get_timings)(struct drm_panel *panel, unsigned int num_timings, struct display_timing *timings);
    void (*debugfs_init)(struct drm_panel *panel, struct dentry *root);
};

Members

prepare

Turn on panel and perform set up.

This function is optional.

enable

Enable panel (turn on back light, etc.).

This function is optional.

disable

Disable panel (turn off back light, etc.).

This function is optional.

unprepare

Turn off panel.

This function is optional.

get_modes

Add modes to the connector that the panel is attached to and returns the number of modes added.

This function is mandatory.

get_orientation

Return the panel orientation set by device tree or EDID.

This function is optional.

get_timings

Copy display timings into the provided array and return the number of display timings available.

This function is optional.

debugfs_init

Allows panels to create panels-specific debugfs files.

Description

The .prepare() function is typically called before the display controller starts to transmit video data. Panel drivers can use this to turn the panel on and wait for it to become ready. If additional configuration is required (via a control bus such as I2C, SPI or DSI for example) this is a good time to do that.

After the display controller has started transmitting video data, it’s safe to call the .enable() function. This will typically enable the backlight to make the image on screen visible. Some panels require a certain amount of time or frames before the image is displayed. This function is responsible for taking this into account before enabling the backlight to avoid visual glitches.

Before stopping video transmission from the display controller it can be necessary to turn off the panel to avoid visual glitches. This is done in the .disable() function. Analogously to .enable() this typically involves turning off the backlight and waiting for some time to make sure no image is visible on the panel. It is then safe for the display controller to cease transmission of video data.

To save power when no video data is transmitted, a driver can power down the panel. This is the job of the .unprepare() function.

Backlight can be handled automatically if configured using drm_panel_of_backlight() or drm_panel_dp_aux_backlight(). Then the driver does not need to implement the functionality to enable/disable backlight.

struct drm_panel¶: DRM panel object

Definition:

struct drm_panel {
    struct device *dev;
    struct backlight_device *backlight;
    const struct drm_panel_funcs *funcs;
    int connector_type;
    struct list_head list;
    struct list_head followers;
    struct mutex follower_lock;
    bool prepare_prev_first;
    bool prepared;
    bool enabled;
};

Members

dev: Parent device of the panel.
backlight: Backlight device, used to turn on backlight after the call to enable(), and to turn off backlight before the call to disable(). backlight is set by drm_panel_of_backlight() or drm_panel_dp_aux_backlight() and drivers shall not assign it.
funcs: Operations that can be performed on the panel.
connector_type: Type of the panel as a DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_* value. This is used to initialise the drm_connector corresponding to the panel with the correct connector type.
list: Panel entry in registry.
followers: A list of struct drm_panel_follower dependent on this panel.
follower_lock: Lock for followers list.
prepare_prev_first: The previous controller should be prepared first, before the prepare for the panel is called. This is largely required for DSI panels where the DSI host controller should be initialised to LP-11 before the panel is powered up.
prepared: If true then the panel has been prepared.
enabled: If true then the panel has been enabled.

void drm_panel_init(struct drm_panel *panel, struct device *dev, const struct drm_panel_funcs *funcs, int connector_type)¶: initialize a panel

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel
struct device *dev: parent device of the panel
const struct drm_panel_funcs *funcs: panel operations
int connector_type: the connector type (DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_*) corresponding to the panel interface

Description

Initialize the panel structure for subsequent registration with drm_panel_add().

void drm_panel_add(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: add a panel to the global registry

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: panel to add

Description

Add a panel to the global registry so that it can be looked up by display drivers.

void drm_panel_remove(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: remove a panel from the global registry

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel

Description

Removes a panel from the global registry.

int drm_panel_prepare(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: power on a panel

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel

Description

Calling this function will enable power and deassert any reset signals to the panel. After this has completed it is possible to communicate with any integrated circuitry via a command bus.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_panel_unprepare(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: power off a panel

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel

Description

Calling this function will completely power off a panel (assert the panel’s reset, turn off power supplies, ...). After this function has completed, it is usually no longer possible to communicate with the panel until another call to drm_panel_prepare().

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_panel_enable(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: enable a panel

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel

Description

Calling this function will cause the panel display drivers to be turned on and the backlight to be enabled. Content will be visible on screen after this call completes.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_panel_disable(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: disable a panel

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel

Description

This will typically turn off the panel’s backlight or disable the display drivers. For smart panels it should still be possible to communicate with the integrated circuitry via any command bus after this call.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_panel_get_modes(struct drm_panel *panel, struct drm_connector *connector)¶: probe the available display modes of a panel

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel
struct drm_connector *connector: DRM connector

Description

The modes probed from the panel are automatically added to the connector that the panel is attached to.

Return

The number of modes available from the panel on success, or 0 on failure (no modes).

struct drm_panel *of_drm_find_panel(const struct device_node *np)¶: look up a panel using a device tree node

Parameters

const struct device_node *np: device tree node of the panel

Description

Searches the set of registered panels for one that matches the given device tree node. If a matching panel is found, return a pointer to it.

Possible error codes returned by this function:

EPROBE_DEFER: the panel device has not been probed yet, and the caller should retry later
ENODEV: the device is not available (status != “okay” or “ok”)

Return

A pointer to the panel registered for the specified device tree node or an ERR_PTR() if no panel matching the device tree node can be found.

int of_drm_get_panel_orientation(const struct device_node *np, enum drm_panel_orientation *orientation)¶: look up the orientation of the panel through the “rotation” binding from a device tree node

Parameters

const struct device_node *np: device tree node of the panel
enum drm_panel_orientation *orientation: orientation enum to be filled in

Description

Looks up the rotation of a panel in the device tree. The orientation of the panel is expressed as a property name “rotation” in the device tree. The rotation in the device tree is counter clockwise.

Return

0 when a valid rotation value (0, 90, 180, or 270) is read or the rotation property doesn’t exist. Return a negative error code on failure.

bool drm_is_panel_follower(struct device *dev)¶: Check if the device is a panel follower

Parameters

struct device *dev: The ‘struct device’ to check

Description

This checks to see if a device needs to be power sequenced together with a panel using the panel follower API. At the moment panels can only be followed on device tree enabled systems. The “panel” property of the follower points to the panel to be followed.

Return

true if we should be power sequenced with a panel; false otherwise.

int drm_panel_add_follower(struct device *follower_dev, struct drm_panel_follower *follower)¶: Register something to follow panel state.

Parameters

struct device *follower_dev: The ‘struct device’ for the follower.
struct drm_panel_follower *follower: The panel follower descriptor for the follower.

Description

A panel follower is called right after preparing the panel and right before unpreparing the panel. It’s primary intention is to power on an associated touchscreen, though it could be used for any similar devices. Multiple devices are allowed the follow the same panel.

If a follower is added to a panel that’s already been turned on, the follower’s prepare callback is called right away.

At the moment panels can only be followed on device tree enabled systems. The “panel” property of the follower points to the panel to be followed.

Return

0 or an error code. Note that -ENODEV means that we detected that: follower_dev is not actually following a panel. The caller may choose to ignore this return value if following a panel is optional.

void drm_panel_remove_follower(struct drm_panel_follower *follower)¶: Reverse drm_panel_add_follower().

Parameters

struct drm_panel_follower *follower: The panel follower descriptor for the follower.

Description

Undo drm_panel_add_follower(). This includes calling the follower’s unprepare function if we’re removed from a panel that’s currently prepared.

Return

0 or an error code.

int devm_drm_panel_add_follower(struct device *follower_dev, struct drm_panel_follower *follower)¶: devm version of drm_panel_add_follower()

Parameters

struct device *follower_dev: The ‘struct device’ for the follower.
struct drm_panel_follower *follower: The panel follower descriptor for the follower.

Description

Handles calling drm_panel_remove_follower() using devm on the follower_dev.

Return

0 or an error code.

int drm_panel_of_backlight(struct drm_panel *panel)¶: use backlight device node for backlight

Parameters

struct drm_panel *panel: DRM panel

Description

Use this function to enable backlight handling if your panel uses device tree and has a backlight phandle.

When the panel is enabled backlight will be enabled after a successful call to drm_panel_funcs.enable()

When the panel is disabled backlight will be disabled before the call to drm_panel_funcs.disable().

A typical implementation for a panel driver supporting device tree will call this function at probe time. Backlight will then be handled transparently without requiring any intervention from the driver. drm_panel_of_backlight() must be called after the call to drm_panel_init().

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_get_panel_orientation_quirk(int width, int height)¶: Check for panel orientation quirks

Parameters

int width: width in pixels of the panel
int height: height in pixels of the panel

Description

This function checks for platform specific (e.g. DMI based) quirks providing info on panel_orientation for systems where this cannot be probed from the hard-/firm-ware. To avoid false-positive this function takes the panel resolution as argument and checks that against the resolution expected by the quirk-table entry.

Note this function is also used outside of the drm-subsys, by for example the efifb code. Because of this this function gets compiled into its own kernel-module when built as a module.

Return

A DRM_MODE_PANEL_ORIENTATION_* value if there is a quirk for this system, or DRM_MODE_PANEL_ORIENTATION_UNKNOWN if there is no quirk.

Panel Self Refresh Helper Reference¶

This helper library provides an easy way for drivers to leverage the atomic framework to implement panel self refresh (SR) support. Drivers are responsible for initializing and cleaning up the SR helpers on load/unload (see drm_self_refresh_helper_init/drm_self_refresh_helper_cleanup). The connector is responsible for setting drm_connector_state.self_refresh_aware to true at runtime if it is SR-aware (meaning it knows how to initiate self refresh on the panel).

Once a crtc has enabled SR using drm_self_refresh_helper_init, the helpers will monitor activity and call back into the driver to enable/disable SR as appropriate. The best way to think about this is that it’s a DPMS on/off request with drm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active set in crtc state that tells you to disable/enable SR on the panel instead of power-cycling it.

During SR, drivers may choose to fully disable their crtc/encoder/bridge hardware (in which case no driver changes are necessary), or they can inspect drm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active if they want to enter low power mode without full disable (in case full disable/enable is too slow).

SR will be deactivated if there are any atomic updates affecting the pipe that is in SR mode. If a crtc is driving multiple connectors, all connectors must be SR aware and all will enter/exit SR mode at the same time.

If the crtc and connector are SR aware, but the panel connected does not support it (or is otherwise unable to enter SR), the driver should fail atomic_check when drm_crtc_state.self_refresh_active is true.

void drm_self_refresh_helper_update_avg_times(struct drm_atomic_state *state, unsigned int commit_time_ms, unsigned int new_self_refresh_mask)¶: Updates a crtc’s SR time averages

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: the state which has just been applied to hardware
unsigned int commit_time_ms: the amount of time in ms that this commit took to complete
unsigned int new_self_refresh_mask: bitmask of crtc’s that have self_refresh_active in new state

Description

Called after drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_commit_tail, this function will update the average entry/exit self refresh times on self refresh transitions. These averages will be used when calculating how long to delay before entering self refresh mode after activity.

void drm_self_refresh_helper_alter_state(struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: Alters the atomic state for SR exit

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: the state currently being checked

Description

Called at the end of atomic check. This function checks the state for flags incompatible with self refresh exit and changes them. This is a bit disingenuous since userspace is expecting one thing and we’re giving it another. However in order to keep self refresh entirely hidden from userspace, this is required.

At the end, we queue up the self refresh entry work so we can enter PSR after the desired delay.

int drm_self_refresh_helper_init(struct drm_crtc *crtc)¶: Initializes self refresh helpers for a crtc

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: the crtc which supports self refresh supported displays

Description

Returns zero if successful or -errno on failure

void drm_self_refresh_helper_cleanup(struct drm_crtc *crtc)¶: Cleans up self refresh helpers for a crtc

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: the crtc to cleanup

HDCP Helper Functions Reference¶

int drm_hdcp_check_ksvs_revoked(struct drm_device *drm_dev, u8 *ksvs, u32 ksv_count)¶: Check the revoked status of the IDs

Parameters

struct drm_device *drm_dev: drm_device for which HDCP revocation check is requested
u8 *ksvs: List of KSVs (HDCP receiver IDs)
u32 ksv_count: KSV count passed in through ksvs

Description

This function reads the HDCP System renewability Message(SRM Table) from userspace as a firmware and parses it for the revoked HDCP KSVs(Receiver IDs) detected by DCP LLC. Once the revoked KSVs are known, revoked state of the KSVs in the list passed in by display drivers are decided and response is sent.

SRM should be presented in the name of “display_hdcp_srm.bin”.

Format of the SRM table, that userspace needs to write into the binary file, is defined at: 1. Renewability chapter on 55th page of HDCP 1.4 specification https://www.digital-cp.com/sites/default/files/specifications/HDCP``20Specification````20Rev1_4_Secure``.pdf 2. Renewability chapter on 63rd page of HDCP 2.2 specification https://www.digital-cp.com/sites/default/files/specifications/HDCP``20on````20HDMI````20Specification````20Rev2_2_Final1``.pdf

Return

Count of the revoked KSVs or -ve error number in case of the failure.

int drm_connector_attach_content_protection_property(struct drm_connector *connector, bool hdcp_content_type)¶: attach content protection property

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector to attach CP property on.
bool hdcp_content_type: is HDCP Content Type property needed for connector

Description

This is used to add support for content protection on select connectors. Content Protection is intentionally vague to allow for different underlying technologies, however it is most implemented by HDCP.

When hdcp_content_type is true enum property called HDCP Content Type is created (if it is not already) and attached to the connector.

This property is used for sending the protected content’s stream type from userspace to kernel on selected connectors. Protected content provider will decide their type of their content and declare the same to kernel.

Content type will be used during the HDCP 2.2 authentication. Content type will be set to drm_connector_state.hdcp_content_type.

The content protection will be set to drm_connector_state.content_protection

When kernel triggered content protection state change like DESIRED->ENABLED and ENABLED->DESIRED, will use drm_hdcp_update_content_protection() to update the content protection state of a connector.

Return

Zero on success, negative errno on failure.

void drm_hdcp_update_content_protection(struct drm_connector *connector, u64 val)¶: Updates the content protection state of a connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm_connector on which content protection state needs an update
u64 val: New state of the content protection property

Description

This function can be used by display drivers, to update the kernel triggered content protection state changes of a drm_connector such as DESIRED->ENABLED and ENABLED->DESIRED. No uevent for DESIRED->UNDESIRED or ENABLED->UNDESIRED, as userspace is triggering such state change and kernel performs it without fail.This function update the new state of the property into the connector’s state and generate an uevent to notify the userspace.

Display Port Helper Functions Reference¶

These functions contain some common logic and helpers at various abstraction levels to deal with Display Port sink devices and related things like DP aux channel transfers, EDID reading over DP aux channels, decoding certain DPCD blocks, ...

The DisplayPort AUX channel is an abstraction to allow generic, driver- independent access to AUX functionality. Drivers can take advantage of this by filling in the fields of the drm_dp_aux structure.

Transactions are described using a hardware-independent drm_dp_aux_msg structure, which is passed into a driver’s .transfer() implementation. Both native and I2C-over-AUX transactions are supported.

struct dp_sdp_header¶: DP secondary data packet header

Definition:

struct dp_sdp_header {
    u8 HB0;
    u8 HB1;
    u8 HB2;
    u8 HB3;
};

Members

HB0: Secondary Data Packet ID
HB1: Secondary Data Packet Type
HB2: Secondary Data Packet Specific header, Byte 0
HB3: Secondary Data packet Specific header, Byte 1

struct dp_sdp¶: DP secondary data packet

Definition:

struct dp_sdp {
    struct dp_sdp_header sdp_header;
    u8 db[32];
};

Members

sdp_header: DP secondary data packet header
db: DP secondaray data packet data blocks VSC SDP Payload for PSR db[0]: Stereo Interface db[1]: 0 - PSR State; 1 - Update RFB; 2 - CRC Valid db[2]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the R or Cr component db[3]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the R or Cr component db[4]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the G or Y component db[5]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the G or Y component db[6]: CRC value bits 7:0 of the B or Cb component db[7]: CRC value bits 15:8 of the B or Cb component db[8] - db[31]: Reserved VSC SDP Payload for Pixel Encoding/Colorimetry Format db[0] - db[15]: Reserved db[16]: Pixel Encoding and Colorimetry Formats db[17]: Dynamic Range and Component Bit Depth db[18]: Content Type db[19] - db[31]: Reserved

enum dp_pixelformat¶: drm DP Pixel encoding formats

Constants

DP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB: RGB pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_YUV444: YCbCr 4:4:4 pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_YUV422: YCbCr 4:2:2 pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_YUV420: YCbCr 4:2:0 pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_Y_ONLY: Y Only pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_RAW: RAW pixel encoding format
DP_PIXELFORMAT_RESERVED: Reserved pixel encoding format

Description

This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Pixel encoding formats. It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 through DB18]

enum dp_colorimetry¶: drm DP Colorimetry formats

Constants

DP_COLORIMETRY_DEFAULT: sRGB (IEC 61966-2-1) or ITU-R BT.601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_RGB_WIDE_FIXED: RGB wide gamut fixed point colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT709_YCC: ITU-R BT.709 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_RGB_WIDE_FLOAT: RGB wide gamut floating point (scRGB (IEC 61966-2-2)) colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_XVYCC_601: xvYCC601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_OPRGB: OpRGB colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_XVYCC_709: xvYCC709 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_DCI_P3_RGB: DCI-P3 (SMPTE RP 431-2) colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_SYCC_601: sYCC601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_RGB_CUSTOM: RGB Custom Color Profile colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_OPYCC_601: opYCC601 colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT2020_RGB: ITU-R BT.2020 R’ G’ B’ colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT2020_CYCC: ITU-R BT.2020 Y’c C’bc C’rc colorimetry format
DP_COLORIMETRY_BT2020_YCC: ITU-R BT.2020 Y’ C’b C’r colorimetry format

Description

This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Colorimetry formats. It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 through DB18] and a name of enum member follows enum drm_colorimetry definition.

enum dp_dynamic_range¶: drm DP Dynamic Range

Constants

DP_DYNAMIC_RANGE_VESA: VESA range
DP_DYNAMIC_RANGE_CTA: CTA range

Description

This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Dynamic Range. It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 through DB18]

enum dp_content_type¶: drm DP Content Type

Constants

DP_CONTENT_TYPE_NOT_DEFINED: Not defined type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_GRAPHICS: Graphics type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_PHOTO: Photo type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_VIDEO: Video type
DP_CONTENT_TYPE_GAME: Game type

Description

This enum is used to indicate DP VSC SDP Content Types. It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 through DB18] CTA-861-G defines content types and expected processing by a sink device

struct drm_dp_vsc_sdp¶: drm DP VSC SDP

Definition:

struct drm_dp_vsc_sdp {
    unsigned char sdp_type;
    unsigned char revision;
    unsigned char length;
    enum dp_pixelformat pixelformat;
    enum dp_colorimetry colorimetry;
    int bpc;
    enum dp_dynamic_range dynamic_range;
    enum dp_content_type content_type;
};

Members

sdp_type: secondary-data packet type
revision: revision number
length: number of valid data bytes
pixelformat: pixel encoding format
colorimetry: colorimetry format
bpc: bit per color
dynamic_range: dynamic range information
content_type: CTA-861-G defines content types and expected processing by a sink device

Description

This structure represents a DP VSC SDP of drm It is based on DP 1.4 spec [Table 2-116: VSC SDP Header Bytes] and [Table 2-117: VSC SDP Payload for DB16 through DB18]

struct drm_dp_as_sdp¶: drm DP Adaptive Sync SDP

Definition:

struct drm_dp_as_sdp {
    unsigned char sdp_type;
    unsigned char revision;
    unsigned char length;
    int vtotal;
    int target_rr;
    int duration_incr_ms;
    int duration_decr_ms;
    bool target_rr_divider;
    enum operation_mode mode;
};

Members

sdp_type: Secondary-data packet type
revision: Revision Number
length: Number of valid data bytes
vtotal: Minimum Vertical Vtotal
target_rr: Target Refresh
duration_incr_ms: Successive frame duration increase
duration_decr_ms: Successive frame duration decrease
target_rr_divider: Target refresh rate divider
mode: Adaptive Sync Operation Mode

Description

This structure represents a DP AS SDP of drm It is based on DP 2.1 spec [Table 2-126: Adaptive-Sync SDP Header Bytes] and [Table 2-127: Adaptive-Sync SDP Payload for DB0 through DB8]

bool drm_dp_dsc_sink_supports_format(const u8 dsc_dpcd[DP_DSC_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], u8 output_format)¶: check if sink supports DSC with given output format

Parameters

const u8 dsc_dpcd[DP_DSC_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DSC-capability DPCDs of the sink
u8 output_format: output_format which is to be checked

Description

Returns true if the sink supports DSC with the given output_format, false otherwise.

bool drm_edp_backlight_supported(const u8 edp_dpcd[EDP_DISPLAY_CTL_CAP_SIZE])¶: Check an eDP DPCD for VESA backlight support

Parameters

const u8 edp_dpcd[EDP_DISPLAY_CTL_CAP_SIZE]: The DPCD to check

Description

Note that currently this function will return false for panels which support various DPCD backlight features but which require the brightness be set through PWM, and don’t support setting the brightness level via the DPCD.

Return

True if edp_dpcd indicates that VESA backlight controls are supported, false otherwise

bool drm_dp_is_uhbr_rate(int link_rate)¶: Determine if a link rate is UHBR

Parameters

int link_rate: link rate in 10kbits/s units

Description

Determine if the provided link rate is an UHBR rate.

Return

True if link_rate is an UHBR rate.

struct drm_dp_aux_msg¶: DisplayPort AUX channel transaction

Definition:

struct drm_dp_aux_msg {
    unsigned int address;
    u8 request;
    u8 reply;
    void *buffer;
    size_t size;
};

Members

address: address of the (first) register to access
request: contains the type of transaction (see DP_AUX_* macros)
reply: upon completion, contains the reply type of the transaction
buffer: pointer to a transmission or reception buffer
size: size of buffer

struct drm_dp_aux_cec¶: DisplayPort CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX

Definition:

struct drm_dp_aux_cec {
    struct mutex lock;
    struct cec_adapter *adap;
    struct drm_connector *connector;
    struct delayed_work unregister_work;
};

Members

lock: mutex protecting this struct
adap: the CEC adapter for CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX support.
connector: the connector this CEC adapter is associated with
unregister_work: unregister the CEC adapter

struct drm_dp_aux¶: DisplayPort AUX channel

Definition:

struct drm_dp_aux {
    const char *name;
    struct i2c_adapter ddc;
    struct device *dev;
    struct drm_device *drm_dev;
    struct drm_crtc *crtc;
    struct mutex hw_mutex;
    struct work_struct crc_work;
    u8 crc_count;
    ssize_t (*transfer)(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, struct drm_dp_aux_msg *msg);
    int (*wait_hpd_asserted)(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, unsigned long wait_us);
    unsigned i2c_nack_count;
    unsigned i2c_defer_count;
    struct drm_dp_aux_cec cec;
    bool is_remote;
    bool powered_down;
};

Members

name

user-visible name of this AUX channel and the I2C-over-AUX adapter.

It’s also used to specify the name of the I2C adapter. If set to NULL, dev_name() of dev will be used.

ddc

I2C adapter that can be used for I2C-over-AUX communication

dev

pointer to struct device that is the parent for this AUX channel.

drm_dev

pointer to the drm_device that owns this AUX channel. Beware, this may be NULL before drm_dp_aux_register() has been called.

It should be set to the drm_device that will be using this AUX channel as early as possible. For many graphics drivers this should happen before drm_dp_aux_init(), however it’s perfectly fine to set this field later so long as it’s assigned before calling drm_dp_aux_register().

crtc

backpointer to the crtc that is currently using this AUX channel

hw_mutex

internal mutex used for locking transfers.

Note that if the underlying hardware is shared among multiple channels, the driver needs to do additional locking to prevent concurrent access.

crc_work

worker that captures CRCs for each frame

crc_count

counter of captured frame CRCs

transfer

transfers a message representing a single AUX transaction.

This is a hardware-specific implementation of how transactions are executed that the drivers must provide.

A pointer to a drm_dp_aux_msg structure describing the transaction is passed into this function. Upon success, the implementation should return the number of payload bytes that were transferred, or a negative error-code on failure.

Helpers will propagate these errors, with the exception of the -EBUSY error, which causes a transaction to be retried. On a short, helpers will return -EPROTO to make it simpler to check for failure.

The transfer() function must only modify the reply field of the drm_dp_aux_msg structure. The retry logic and i2c helpers assume this is the case.

Also note that this callback can be called no matter the state dev is in and also no matter what state the panel is in. It’s expected:

If the dev providing the AUX bus is currently unpowered then it will power itself up for the transfer.
If we’re on eDP (using a drm_panel) and the panel is not in a state where it can respond (it’s not powered or it’s in a low power state) then this function may return an error, but not crash. It’s up to the caller of this code to make sure that the panel is powered on if getting an error back is not OK. If a drm_panel driver is initiating a DP AUX transfer it may power itself up however it wants. All other code should ensure that the pre_enable() bridge chain (which eventually calls the drm_panel prepare function) has powered the panel.

wait_hpd_asserted

wait for HPD to be asserted

This is mainly useful for eDP panels drivers to wait for an eDP panel to finish powering on. It is optional for DP AUX controllers to implement this function. It is required for DP AUX endpoints (panel drivers) to call this function after powering up but before doing AUX transfers unless the DP AUX endpoint driver knows that we’re not using the AUX controller’s HPD. One example of the panel driver not needing to call this is if HPD is hooked up to a GPIO that the panel driver can read directly.

If a DP AUX controller does not implement this function then it may still support eDP panels that use the AUX controller’s built-in HPD signal by implementing a long wait for HPD in the transfer() callback, though this is deprecated.

This function will efficiently wait for the HPD signal to be asserted. The wait_us parameter that is passed in says that we know that the HPD signal is expected to be asserted within wait_us microseconds. This function could wait for longer than wait_us if the logic in the DP controller has a long debouncing time. The important thing is that if this function returns success that the DP controller is ready to send AUX transactions.

This function returns 0 if HPD was asserted or -ETIMEDOUT if time expired and HPD wasn’t asserted. This function should not print timeout errors to the log.

The semantics of this function are designed to match the readx_poll_timeout() function. That means a wait_us of 0 means to wait forever. Like readx_poll_timeout(), this function may sleep.

NOTE: this function specifically reports the state of the HPD pin that’s associated with the DP AUX channel. This is different from the HPD concept in much of the rest of DRM which is more about physical presence of a display. For eDP, for instance, a display is assumed always present even if the HPD pin is deasserted.

i2c_nack_count

Counts I2C NACKs, used for DP validation.

i2c_defer_count

Counts I2C DEFERs, used for DP validation.

cec

struct containing fields used for CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX.

is_remote

Is this AUX CH actually using sideband messaging.

powered_down

If true then the remote endpoint is powered down.

Description

An AUX channel can also be used to transport I2C messages to a sink. A typical application of that is to access an EDID that’s present in the sink device. The transfer() function can also be used to execute such transactions. The drm_dp_aux_register() function registers an I2C adapter that can be passed to drm_probe_ddc(). Upon removal, drivers should call drm_dp_aux_unregister() to remove the I2C adapter. The I2C adapter uses long transfers by default; if a partial response is received, the adapter will drop down to the size given by the partial response for this transaction only.

ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_readb(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, unsigned int offset, u8 *valuep)¶: read a single byte from the DPCD

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
unsigned int offset: address of the register to read
u8 *valuep: location where the value of the register will be stored

Description

Returns the number of bytes transferred (1) on success, or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_writeb(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, unsigned int offset, u8 value)¶: write a single byte to the DPCD

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
unsigned int offset: address of the register to write
u8 value: value to write to the register

Description

Returns the number of bytes transferred (1) on success, or a negative error code on failure.

struct drm_dp_desc¶: DP branch/sink device descriptor

Definition:

struct drm_dp_desc {
    struct drm_dp_dpcd_ident ident;
    u32 quirks;
};

Members

ident: DP device identification from DPCD 0x400 (sink) or 0x500 (branch).
quirks: Quirks; use drm_dp_has_quirk() to query for the quirks.

enum drm_dp_quirk¶: Display Port sink/branch device specific quirks

Constants

DP_DPCD_QUIRK_CONSTANT_N: The device requires main link attributes Mvid and Nvid to be limited to 16 bits. So will give a constant value (0x8000) for compatability.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_NO_PSR: The device does not support PSR even if reports that it supports or driver still need to implement proper handling for such device.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_NO_SINK_COUNT: The device does not set SINK_COUNT to a non-zero value. The driver should ignore SINK_COUNT during detection. Note that drm_dp_read_sink_count_cap() automatically checks for this quirk.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_DSC_WITHOUT_VIRTUAL_DPCD: The device supports MST DSC despite not supporting Virtual DPCD. The DSC caps can be read from the physical aux instead.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_CAN_DO_MAX_LINK_RATE_3_24_GBPS: The device supports a link rate of 3.24 Gbps (multiplier 0xc) despite the DP_MAX_LINK_RATE register reporting a lower max multiplier.
DP_DPCD_QUIRK_HBLANK_EXPANSION_REQUIRES_DSC: The device applies HBLANK expansion for some modes, but this requires enabling DSC.

Description

Display Port sink and branch devices in the wild have a variety of bugs, try to collect them here. The quirks are shared, but it’s up to the drivers to implement workarounds for them.

bool drm_dp_has_quirk(const struct drm_dp_desc *desc, enum drm_dp_quirk quirk)¶: does the DP device have a specific quirk

Parameters

const struct drm_dp_desc *desc: Device descriptor filled by drm_dp_read_desc()
enum drm_dp_quirk quirk: Quirk to query for

Description

Return true if DP device identified by desc has quirk.

struct drm_edp_backlight_info¶: Probed eDP backlight info struct

Definition:

struct drm_edp_backlight_info {
    u8 pwmgen_bit_count;
    u8 pwm_freq_pre_divider;
    u16 max;
    bool lsb_reg_used : 1;
    bool aux_enable : 1;
    bool aux_set : 1;
};

Members

pwmgen_bit_count: The pwmgen bit count
pwm_freq_pre_divider: The PWM frequency pre-divider value being used for this backlight, if any
max: The maximum backlight level that may be set
lsb_reg_used: Do we also write values to the DP_EDP_BACKLIGHT_BRIGHTNESS_LSB register?
aux_enable: Does the panel support the AUX enable cap?
aux_set: Does the panel support setting the brightness through AUX?

Description

This structure contains various data about an eDP backlight, which can be populated by using drm_edp_backlight_init().

struct drm_dp_phy_test_params¶: DP Phy Compliance parameters

Definition:

struct drm_dp_phy_test_params {
    int link_rate;
    u8 num_lanes;
    u8 phy_pattern;
    u8 hbr2_reset[2];
    u8 custom80[10];
    bool enhanced_frame_cap;
};

Members

link_rate: Requested Link rate from DPCD 0x219
num_lanes: Number of lanes requested by sing through DPCD 0x220
phy_pattern: DP Phy test pattern from DPCD 0x248
hbr2_reset: DP HBR2_COMPLIANCE_SCRAMBLER_RESET from DCPD 0x24A and 0x24B
custom80: DP Test_80BIT_CUSTOM_PATTERN from DPCDs 0x250 through 0x259
enhanced_frame_cap: flag for enhanced frame capability.

const char *drm_dp_phy_name(enum drm_dp_phy dp_phy)¶: Get the name of the given DP PHY

Parameters

enum drm_dp_phy dp_phy: The DP PHY identifier

Description

Given the dp_phy, get a user friendly name of the DP PHY, either “DPRX” or “LTTPR <N>”, or “<INVALID DP PHY>” on errors. The returned string is always non-NULL and valid.

Return

Name of the DP PHY.

int drm_dp_dpcd_probe(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, unsigned int offset)¶: probe a given DPCD address with a 1-byte read access

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel (SST)
unsigned int offset: address of the register to probe

Description

Probe the provided DPCD address by reading 1 byte from it. The function can be used to trigger some side-effect the read access has, like waking up the sink, without the need for the read-out value.

Returns 0 if the read access suceeded, or a negative error code on failure.

void drm_dp_dpcd_set_powered(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, bool powered)¶: Set whether the DP device is powered

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel; for convenience it’s OK to pass NULL here and the function will be a no-op.
bool powered: true if powered; false if not

Description

If the endpoint device on the DP AUX bus is known to be powered down then this function can be called to make future transfers fail immediately instead of needing to time out.

If this function is never called then a device defaults to being powered.

ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_read(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, unsigned int offset, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: read a series of bytes from the DPCD

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel (SST or MST)
unsigned int offset: address of the (first) register to read
void *buffer: buffer to store the register values
size_t size: number of bytes in buffer

Description

Returns the number of bytes transferred on success, or a negative error code on failure. -EIO is returned if the request was NAKed by the sink or if the retry count was exceeded. If not all bytes were transferred, this function returns -EPROTO. Errors from the underlying AUX channel transfer function, with the exception of -EBUSY (which causes the transaction to be retried), are propagated to the caller.

ssize_t drm_dp_dpcd_write(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, unsigned int offset, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write a series of bytes to the DPCD

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel (SST or MST)
unsigned int offset: address of the (first) register to write
void *buffer: buffer containing the values to write
size_t size: number of bytes in buffer

Description

Returns the number of bytes transferred on success, or a negative error code on failure. -EIO is returned if the request was NAKed by the sink or if the retry count was exceeded. If not all bytes were transferred, this function returns -EPROTO. Errors from the underlying AUX channel transfer function, with the exception of -EBUSY (which causes the transaction to be retried), are propagated to the caller.

int drm_dp_dpcd_read_link_status(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, u8 status[DP_LINK_STATUS_SIZE])¶: read DPCD link status (bytes 0x202-0x207)

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
u8 status[DP_LINK_STATUS_SIZE]: buffer to store the link status in (must be at least 6 bytes)

Description

Returns the number of bytes transferred on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_dp_dpcd_read_phy_link_status(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, enum drm_dp_phy dp_phy, u8 link_status[DP_LINK_STATUS_SIZE])¶: get the link status information for a DP PHY

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
enum drm_dp_phy dp_phy: the DP PHY to get the link status for
u8 link_status[DP_LINK_STATUS_SIZE]: buffer to return the status in

Description

Fetch the AUX DPCD registers for the DPRX or an LTTPR PHY link status. The layout of the returned link_status matches the DPCD register layout of the DPRX PHY link status.

Returns 0 if the information was read successfully or a negative error code on failure.

bool drm_dp_downstream_is_type(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], u8 type)¶: is the downstream facing port of certain type?

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities
u8 type: port type to be checked. Can be: DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_DP, DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_VGA, DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_DVI, DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_HDMI, DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_NON_EDID, DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_DP_DUALMODE or DP_DS_PORT_TYPE_WIRELESS.

Description

Caveat: Only works with DPCD 1.1+ port caps.

Return

whether the downstream facing port matches the type.

bool drm_dp_downstream_is_tmds(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: is the downstream facing port TMDS?

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities
const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID

Return

whether the downstream facing port is TMDS (HDMI/DVI).

bool drm_dp_send_real_edid_checksum(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, u8 real_edid_checksum)¶: send back real edid checksum value

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
u8 real_edid_checksum: real edid checksum for the last block

Return

True on success

int drm_dp_read_dpcd_caps(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE])¶: read DPCD caps and extended DPCD caps if available

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: Buffer to store the resulting DPCD in

Description

Attempts to read the base DPCD caps for aux. Additionally, this function checks for and reads the extended DPRX caps (DP_DP13_DPCD_REV) if present.

Return

0 if the DPCD was read successfully, negative error code otherwise.

int drm_dp_read_downstream_info(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], u8 downstream_ports[DP_MAX_DOWNSTREAM_PORTS])¶: read DPCD downstream port info if available

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: A cached copy of the port’s DPCD
u8 downstream_ports[DP_MAX_DOWNSTREAM_PORTS]: buffer to store the downstream port info in

Description

See also: drm_dp_downstream_max_clock() drm_dp_downstream_max_bpc()

Return

0 if either the downstream port info was read successfully or there was no downstream info to read, or a negative error code otherwise.

int drm_dp_downstream_max_dotclock(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4])¶: extract downstream facing port max dot clock

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities

Return

Downstream facing port max dot clock in kHz on success, or 0 if max clock not defined

int drm_dp_downstream_max_tmds_clock(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: extract downstream facing port max TMDS clock

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities
const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID

Return

HDMI/DVI downstream facing port max TMDS clock in kHz on success, or 0 if max TMDS clock not defined

int drm_dp_downstream_min_tmds_clock(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: extract downstream facing port min TMDS clock

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities
const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID

Return

HDMI/DVI downstream facing port min TMDS clock in kHz on success, or 0 if max TMDS clock not defined

int drm_dp_downstream_max_bpc(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: extract downstream facing port max bits per component

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: downstream facing port capabilities
const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID

Return

Max bpc on success or 0 if max bpc not defined

bool drm_dp_downstream_420_passthrough(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4])¶: determine downstream facing port YCbCr 4:2:0 pass-through capability

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: downstream facing port capabilities

Return

whether the downstream facing port can pass through YCbCr 4:2:0

bool drm_dp_downstream_444_to_420_conversion(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4])¶: determine downstream facing port YCbCr 4:4:4->4:2:0 conversion capability

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: downstream facing port capabilities

Return

whether the downstream facing port can convert YCbCr 4:4:4 to 4:2:0

bool drm_dp_downstream_rgb_to_ycbcr_conversion(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], u8 color_spc)¶: determine downstream facing port RGB->YCbCr conversion capability

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: downstream facing port capabilities
u8 color_spc: Colorspace for which conversion cap is sought

Return

whether the downstream facing port can convert RGB->YCbCr for a given colorspace.

struct drm_display_mode *drm_dp_downstream_mode(struct drm_device *dev, const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4])¶: return a mode for downstream facing port

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities

Description

Provides a suitable mode for downstream facing ports without EDID.

Return

A new drm_display_mode on success or NULL on failure

int drm_dp_downstream_id(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, char id[6])¶: identify branch device

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
char id[6]: DisplayPort branch device id

Description

Returns branch device id on success or NULL on failure

void drm_dp_downstream_debug(struct seq_file *m, const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4], const struct drm_edid *drm_edid, struct drm_dp_aux *aux)¶: debug DP branch devices

Parameters

struct seq_file *m: pointer for debugfs file
const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities
const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID
struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel

enum drm_mode_subconnector drm_dp_subconnector_type(const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const u8 port_cap[4])¶: get DP branch device type

Parameters

const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities

void drm_dp_set_subconnector_property(struct drm_connector *connector, enum drm_connector_status status, const u8 *dpcd, const u8 port_cap[4])¶: set subconnector for DP connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector to set property on
enum drm_connector_status status: connector status
const u8 *dpcd: DisplayPort configuration data
const u8 port_cap[4]: port capabilities

Description

Called by a driver on every detect event.

bool drm_dp_read_sink_count_cap(struct drm_connector *connector, const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE], const struct drm_dp_desc *desc)¶: Check whether a given connector has a valid sink count

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The DRM connector to check
const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: A cached copy of the connector’s DPCD RX capabilities
const struct drm_dp_desc *desc: A cached copy of the connector’s DP descriptor

Description

Display Port CEC Helper Functions Reference¶

These functions take care of supporting the CEC-Tunneling-over-AUX feature of DisplayPort-to-HDMI adapters.

void drm_dp_cec_irq(struct drm_dp_aux *aux)¶: handle CEC interrupt, if any

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel

Description

Should be called when handling an IRQ_HPD request. If CEC-tunneling-over-AUX is present, then it will check for a CEC_IRQ and handle it accordingly.

void drm_dp_cec_register_connector(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, struct drm_connector *connector)¶: register a new connector

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel
struct drm_connector *connector: drm connector

Description

A new connector was registered with associated CEC adapter name and CEC adapter parent device. After registering the name and parent drm_dp_cec_set_edid() is called to check if the connector supports CEC and to register a CEC adapter if that is the case.

void drm_dp_cec_unregister_connector(struct drm_dp_aux *aux)¶: unregister the CEC adapter, if any

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DisplayPort AUX channel

Display Port Dual Mode Adaptor Helper Functions Reference¶

Helper functions to deal with DP dual mode (aka. DP++) adaptors.

Type 1: Adaptor registers (if any) and the sink DDC bus may be accessed via I2C.

Type 2: Adaptor registers and sink DDC bus can be accessed either via I2C or I2C-over-AUX. Source devices may choose to implement either of these access methods.

enum drm_lspcon_mode¶

Constants

DRM_LSPCON_MODE_INVALID: No LSPCON.
DRM_LSPCON_MODE_LS: Level shifter mode of LSPCON which drives DP++ to HDMI 1.4 conversion.
DRM_LSPCON_MODE_PCON: Protocol converter mode of LSPCON which drives DP++ to HDMI 2.0 active conversion.

enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type¶: Type of the DP dual mode adaptor

Constants

DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_NONE: No DP dual mode adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_UNKNOWN: Could be either none or type 1 DVI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE1_DVI: Type 1 DVI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE1_HDMI: Type 1 HDMI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE2_DVI: Type 2 DVI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_TYPE2_HDMI: Type 2 HDMI adaptor
DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_LSPCON: Level shifter / protocol converter

ssize_t drm_dp_dual_mode_read(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u8 offset, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: Read from the DP dual mode adaptor register(s)

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter for the DDC bus
u8 offset: register offset
void *buffer: buffer for return data
size_t size: size of the buffer

Description

Reads size bytes from the DP dual mode adaptor registers starting at offset.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure

ssize_t drm_dp_dual_mode_write(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u8 offset, const void *buffer, size_t size)¶: Write to the DP dual mode adaptor register(s)

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter for the DDC bus
u8 offset: register offset
const void *buffer: buffer for write data
size_t size: size of the buffer

Description

Writes size bytes to the DP dual mode adaptor registers starting at offset.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure

enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type drm_dp_dual_mode_detect(const struct drm_device *dev, struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: Identify the DP dual mode adaptor

Parameters

const struct drm_device *dev: drm_device to use
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter for the DDC bus

Description

Attempt to identify the type of the DP dual mode adaptor used.

Note that when the answer is DRM_DP_DUAL_MODE_UNKNOWN it’s not certain whether we’re dealing with a native HDMI port or a type 1 DVI dual mode adaptor. The driver will have to use some other hardware/driver specific mechanism to make that distinction.

Return

The type of the DP dual mode adaptor used

int drm_dp_dual_mode_max_tmds_clock(const struct drm_device *dev, enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: Max TMDS clock for DP dual mode adaptor

Parameters

const struct drm_device *dev: drm_device to use
enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type: DP dual mode adaptor type
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter for the DDC bus

Description

Determine the max TMDS clock the adaptor supports based on the type of the dual mode adaptor and the DP_DUAL_MODE_MAX_TMDS_CLOCK register (on type2 adaptors). As some type 1 adaptors have problems with registers (see comments in drm_dp_dual_mode_detect()) we don’t read the register on those, instead we simply assume a 165 MHz limit based on the specification.

Return

Maximum supported TMDS clock rate for the DP dual mode adaptor in kHz.

int drm_dp_dual_mode_get_tmds_output(const struct drm_device *dev, enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter *adapter, bool *enabled)¶: Get the state of the TMDS output buffers in the DP dual mode adaptor

Parameters

const struct drm_device *dev: drm_device to use
enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type: DP dual mode adaptor type
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter for the DDC bus
bool *enabled: current state of the TMDS output buffers

Description

Get the state of the TMDS output buffers in the adaptor. For type2 adaptors this is queried from the DP_DUAL_MODE_TMDS_OEN register. As some type 1 adaptors have problems with registers (see comments in drm_dp_dual_mode_detect()) we don’t read the register on those, instead we simply assume that the buffers are always enabled.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure

int drm_dp_dual_mode_set_tmds_output(const struct drm_device *dev, enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type, struct i2c_adapter *adapter, bool enable)¶: Enable/disable TMDS output buffers in the DP dual mode adaptor

Parameters

const struct drm_device *dev: drm_device to use
enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type: DP dual mode adaptor type
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter for the DDC bus
bool enable: enable (as opposed to disable) the TMDS output buffers

Description

Set the state of the TMDS output buffers in the adaptor. For type2 this is set via the DP_DUAL_MODE_TMDS_OEN register. Type1 adaptors do not support any register writes.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure

const char *drm_dp_get_dual_mode_type_name(enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type)¶: Get the name of the DP dual mode adaptor type as a string

Parameters

enum drm_dp_dual_mode_type type: DP dual mode adaptor type

Return

String representation of the DP dual mode adaptor type

int drm_lspcon_get_mode(const struct drm_device *dev, struct i2c_adapter *adapter, enum drm_lspcon_mode *mode)¶: Get LSPCON’s current mode of operation by reading offset (0x80, 0x41)

Parameters

const struct drm_device *dev: drm_device to use
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C-over-aux adapter
enum drm_lspcon_mode *mode: current lspcon mode of operation output variable

Return

0 on success, sets the current_mode value to appropriate mode -error on failure

int drm_lspcon_set_mode(const struct drm_device *dev, struct i2c_adapter *adapter, enum drm_lspcon_mode mode)¶: Change LSPCON’s mode of operation by writing offset (0x80, 0x40)

Parameters

const struct drm_device *dev: drm_device to use
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C-over-aux adapter
enum drm_lspcon_mode mode: required mode of operation

Return

0 on success, -error on failure/timeout

Display Port MST Helpers¶

Overview¶

These functions contain parts of the DisplayPort 1.2a MultiStream Transport protocol. The helpers contain a topology manager and bandwidth manager. The helpers encapsulate the sending and received of sideband msgs.

Topology refcount overview¶

The refcounting schemes for struct drm_dp_mst_branch and struct drm_dp_mst_port are somewhat unusual. Both ports and branch devices have two different kinds of refcounts: topology refcounts, and malloc refcounts.

Topology refcounts are not exposed to drivers, and are handled internally by the DP MST helpers. The helpers use them in order to prevent the in-memory topology state from being changed in the middle of critical operations like changing the internal state of payload allocations. This means each branch and port will be considered to be connected to the rest of the topology until its topology refcount reaches zero. Additionally, for ports this means that their associated struct drm_connector will stay registered with userspace until the port’s refcount reaches 0.

Malloc refcount overview¶

Malloc references are used to keep a struct drm_dp_mst_port or struct drm_dp_mst_branch allocated even after all of its topology references have been dropped, so that the driver or MST helpers can safely access each branch’s last known state before it was disconnected from the topology. When the malloc refcount of a port or branch reaches 0, the memory allocation containing the struct drm_dp_mst_branch or struct drm_dp_mst_port respectively will be freed.

For struct drm_dp_mst_branch, malloc refcounts are not currently exposed to drivers. As of writing this documentation, there are no drivers that have a usecase for accessing struct drm_dp_mst_branch outside of the MST helpers. Exposing this API to drivers in a race-free manner would take more tweaking of the refcounting scheme, however patches are welcome provided there is a legitimate driver usecase for this.

Refcount relationships in a topology¶

Let’s take a look at why the relationship between topology and malloc refcounts is designed the way it is.

../_images/topology-figure-1.svg — An example of topology and malloc refs in a DP MST topology with two active payloads. Topology refcount increments are indicated by solid lines, and malloc refcount increments are indicated by dashed lines. Each starts from the branch which incremented the refcount, and ends at the branch to which the refcount belongs to, i.e. the arrow points the same way as the C pointers used to reference a structure.¶

As you can see in the above figure, every branch increments the topology refcount of its children, and increments the malloc refcount of its parent. Additionally, every payload increments the malloc refcount of its assigned port by 1.

So, what would happen if MSTB #3 from the above figure was unplugged from the system, but the driver hadn’t yet removed payload #2 from port #3? The topology would start to look like the figure below.

../_images/topology-figure-2.svg — Ports and branch devices which have been released from memory are colored grey, and references which have been removed are colored red.¶

Whenever a port or branch device’s topology refcount reaches zero, it will decrement the topology refcounts of all its children, the malloc refcount of its parent, and finally its own malloc refcount. For MSTB #4 and port #4, this means they both have been disconnected from the topology and freed from memory. But, because payload #2 is still holding a reference to port #3, port #3 is removed from the topology but its struct drm_dp_mst_port is still accessible from memory. This also means port #3 has not yet decremented the malloc refcount of MSTB #3, so its struct drm_dp_mst_branch will also stay allocated in memory until port #3’s malloc refcount reaches 0.

This relationship is necessary because in order to release payload #2, we need to be able to figure out the last relative of port #3 that’s still connected to the topology. In this case, we would travel up the topology as shown below.

And finally, remove payload #2 by communicating with port #2 through sideband transactions.

Functions Reference¶

struct drm_dp_mst_port¶: MST port

Definition:

struct drm_dp_mst_port {
    struct kref topology_kref;
    struct kref malloc_kref;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS);
    struct drm_dp_mst_topology_ref_history topology_ref_history;
#endif;
    u8 port_num;
    bool input;
    bool mcs;
    bool ddps;
    u8 pdt;
    bool ldps;
    u8 dpcd_rev;
    u8 num_sdp_streams;
    u8 num_sdp_stream_sinks;
    uint16_t full_pbn;
    struct list_head next;
    struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb;
    struct drm_dp_aux aux;
    struct drm_dp_aux *passthrough_aux;
    struct drm_dp_mst_branch *parent;
    struct drm_connector *connector;
    struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr;
    const struct drm_edid *cached_edid;
    bool fec_capable;
};

Members

topology_kref: refcount for this port’s lifetime in the topology, only the DP MST helpers should need to touch this
malloc_kref: refcount for the memory allocation containing this structure. See drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc() and drm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc().
topology_ref_history: A history of each topology reference/dereference. See CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS.
port_num: port number
input: if this port is an input port. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
mcs: message capability status - DP 1.2 spec. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
ddps: DisplayPort Device Plug Status - DP 1.2. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
pdt: Peer Device Type. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
ldps: Legacy Device Plug Status. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
dpcd_rev: DPCD revision of device on this port. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
num_sdp_streams: Number of simultaneous streams. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
num_sdp_stream_sinks: Number of stream sinks. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
full_pbn: Max possible bandwidth for this port. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
next: link to next port on this branch device
mstb: the branch device connected to this port, if there is one. This should be considered protected for reading by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock. There are two exceptions to this: drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.up_req_work and drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.work, which do not grab drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock during reads but are the only updaters of this list and are protected from writing concurrently by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.probe_lock.
aux: i2c aux transport to talk to device connected to this port, protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
passthrough_aux: parent aux to which DSC pass-through requests should be sent, only set if DSC pass-through is possible.
parent: branch device parent of this port
connector: DRM connector this port is connected to. Protected by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.base.lock.
mgr: topology manager this port lives under.
cached_edid: for DP logical ports - make tiling work by ensuring that the EDID for all connectors is read immediately.
fec_capable: bool indicating if FEC can be supported up to that point in the MST topology.

Description

This structure represents an MST port endpoint on a device somewhere in the MST topology.

struct drm_dp_mst_branch¶: MST branch device.

Definition:

struct drm_dp_mst_branch {
    struct kref topology_kref;
    struct kref malloc_kref;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS);
    struct drm_dp_mst_topology_ref_history topology_ref_history;
#endif;
    struct list_head destroy_next;
    u8 rad[8];
    u8 lct;
    int num_ports;
    struct list_head ports;
    struct drm_dp_mst_port *port_parent;
    struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr;
    bool link_address_sent;
    guid_t guid;
};

Members

topology_kref: refcount for this branch device’s lifetime in the topology, only the DP MST helpers should need to touch this
malloc_kref: refcount for the memory allocation containing this structure. See drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc() and drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc().
topology_ref_history: A history of each topology reference/dereference. See CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS.
destroy_next: linked-list entry used by drm_dp_delayed_destroy_work()
rad: Relative Address to talk to this branch device.
lct: Link count total to talk to this branch device.
num_ports: number of ports on the branch.
ports: the list of ports on this branch device. This should be considered protected for reading by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock. There are two exceptions to this: drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.up_req_work and drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.work, which do not grab drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.lock during reads but are the only updaters of this list and are protected from updating the list concurrently by drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr.probe_lock
port_parent: pointer to the port parent, NULL if toplevel.
mgr: topology manager for this branch device.
link_address_sent: if a link address message has been sent to this device yet.
guid: guid for DP 1.2 branch device. port under this branch can be identified by port #.

Description

This structure represents an MST branch device, there is one primary branch device at the root, along with any other branches connected to downstream port of parent branches.

struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload¶: Atomic state struct for an MST payload

Definition:

struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload {
    struct drm_dp_mst_port *port;
    s8 vc_start_slot;
    u8 vcpi;
    int time_slots;
    int pbn;
    bool delete : 1;
    bool dsc_enabled : 1;
    enum drm_dp_mst_payload_allocation payload_allocation_status;
    struct list_head next;
};

Members

port

The MST port assigned to this payload

vc_start_slot

The time slot that this payload starts on. Because payload start slots can’t be determined ahead of time, the contents of this value are UNDEFINED at atomic check time. This shouldn’t usually matter, as the start slot should never be relevant for atomic state computations.

Since this value is determined at commit time instead of check time, this value is protected by the MST helpers ensuring that async commits operating on the given topology never run in parallel. In the event that a driver does need to read this value (e.g. to inform hardware of the starting timeslot for a payload), the driver may either:

Read this field during the atomic commit after drm_dp_mst_atomic_wait_for_dependencies() has been called, which will ensure the previous MST states payload start slots have been copied over to the new state. Note that a new start slot won’t be assigned/removed from this payload until drm_dp_add_payload_part1()/drm_dp_remove_payload_part2() have been called.
Acquire the MST modesetting lock, and then wait for any pending MST-related commits to get committed to hardware by calling drm_crtc_commit_wait() on each of the drm_crtc_commit structs in drm_dp_mst_topology_state.commit_deps.

If neither of the two above solutions suffice (e.g. the driver needs to read the start slot in the middle of an atomic commit without waiting for some reason), then drivers should cache this value themselves after changing payloads.

vcpi

The Virtual Channel Payload Identifier

time_slots

The number of timeslots allocated to this payload from the source DP Tx to the immediate downstream DP Rx

pbn

The payload bandwidth for this payload

delete

Whether or not we intend to delete this payload during this atomic commit

dsc_enabled

Whether or not this payload has DSC enabled

payload_allocation_status

The allocation status of this payload

next

The list node for this payload

Description

The primary atomic state structure for a given MST payload. Stores information like current bandwidth allocation, intended action for this payload, etc.

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state¶: DisplayPort MST topology atomic state

Definition:

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state {
    struct drm_private_state base;
    struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr;
    u32 pending_crtc_mask;
    struct drm_crtc_commit **commit_deps;
    size_t num_commit_deps;
    u32 payload_mask;
    struct list_head payloads;
    u8 total_avail_slots;
    u8 start_slot;
    fixed20_12 pbn_div;
};

Members

base: Base private state for atomic
mgr: The topology manager
pending_crtc_mask: A bitmask of all CRTCs this topology state touches, drivers may modify this to add additional dependencies if needed.
commit_deps: A list of all CRTC commits affecting this topology, this field isn’t populated until drm_dp_mst_atomic_wait_for_dependencies() is called.
num_commit_deps: The number of CRTC commits in commit_deps
payload_mask: A bitmask of allocated VCPIs, used for VCPI assignments
payloads: The list of payloads being created/destroyed in this state
total_avail_slots: The total number of slots this topology can handle (63 or 64)
start_slot: The first usable time slot in this topology (1 or 0)
pbn_div: The current PBN divisor for this topology. The driver is expected to fill this out itself.

Description

This struct represents the atomic state of the toplevel DisplayPort MST manager

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr¶: DisplayPort MST manager

Definition:

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr {
    struct drm_private_obj base;
    struct drm_device *dev;
    const struct drm_dp_mst_topology_cbs *cbs;
    int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes;
    struct drm_dp_aux *aux;
    int max_payloads;
    int conn_base_id;
    struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_rx up_req_recv;
    struct drm_dp_sideband_msg_rx down_rep_recv;
    struct mutex lock;
    struct mutex probe_lock;
    bool mst_state : 1;
    bool payload_id_table_cleared : 1;
    u8 payload_count;
    u8 next_start_slot;
    struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mst_primary;
    u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE];
    u8 sink_count;
    const struct drm_private_state_funcs *funcs;
    struct mutex qlock;
    struct list_head tx_msg_downq;
    wait_queue_head_t tx_waitq;
    struct work_struct work;
    struct work_struct tx_work;
    struct list_head destroy_port_list;
    struct list_head destroy_branch_device_list;
    struct mutex delayed_destroy_lock;
    struct workqueue_struct *delayed_destroy_wq;
    struct work_struct delayed_destroy_work;
    struct list_head up_req_list;
    struct mutex up_req_lock;
    struct work_struct up_req_work;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DRM_DEBUG_DP_MST_TOPOLOGY_REFS);
    struct mutex topology_ref_history_lock;
#endif;
};

Members

base: Base private object for atomic
dev: device pointer for adding i2c devices etc.
cbs: callbacks for connector addition and destruction.
max_dpcd_transaction_bytes: maximum number of bytes to read/write in one go.
aux: AUX channel for the DP MST connector this topolgy mgr is controlling.
max_payloads: maximum number of payloads the GPU can generate.
conn_base_id: DRM connector ID this mgr is connected to. Only used to build the MST connector path value.
up_req_recv: Message receiver state for up requests.
down_rep_recv: Message receiver state for replies to down requests.
lock: protects mst_state, mst_primary, dpcd, and payload_id_table_cleared.
probe_lock: Prevents work and up_req_work, the only writers of drm_dp_mst_port.mstb and drm_dp_mst_branch.ports, from racing while they update the topology.
mst_state: If this manager is enabled for an MST capable port. False if no MST sink/branch devices is connected.
payload_id_table_cleared: Whether or not we’ve cleared the payload ID table for mst_primary. Protected by lock.
payload_count: The number of currently active payloads in hardware. This value is only intended to be used internally by MST helpers for payload tracking, and is only safe to read/write from the atomic commit (not check) context.
next_start_slot: The starting timeslot to use for new VC payloads. This value is used internally by MST helpers for payload tracking, and is only safe to read/write from the atomic commit (not check) context.
mst_primary: Pointer to the primary/first branch device.
dpcd: Cache of DPCD for primary port.
sink_count: Sink count from DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0.
funcs: Atomic helper callbacks
qlock: protects tx_msg_downq and drm_dp_sideband_msg_tx.state
tx_msg_downq: List of pending down requests
tx_waitq: Wait to queue stall for the tx worker.
work: Probe work.
tx_work: Sideband transmit worker. This can nest within the main work worker for each transaction work launches.
destroy_port_list: List of to be destroyed connectors.
destroy_branch_device_list: List of to be destroyed branch devices.
delayed_destroy_lock: Protects destroy_port_list and destroy_branch_device_list.
delayed_destroy_wq: Workqueue used for delayed_destroy_work items. A dedicated WQ makes it possible to drain any requeued work items on it.
delayed_destroy_work: Work item to destroy MST port and branch devices, needed to avoid locking inversion.
up_req_list: List of pending up requests from the topology that need to be processed, in chronological order.
up_req_lock: Protects up_req_list
up_req_work: Work item to process up requests received from the topology. Needed to avoid blocking hotplug handling and sideband transmissions.
topology_ref_history_lock: protects drm_dp_mst_port.topology_ref_history and drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_ref_history.

Description

This struct represents the toplevel displayport MST topology manager. There should be one instance of this for every MST capable DP connector on the GPU.

enum drm_dp_mst_mode¶: sink’s MST mode capability

Constants

DRM_DP_SST: The sink does not support MST nor single stream sideband messaging.
DRM_DP_MST: Sink supports MST, more than one stream and single stream sideband messaging.
DRM_DP_SST_SIDEBAND_MSG: Sink supports only one stream and single stream sideband messaging.

bool __drm_dp_mst_state_iter_get(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr **mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state **old_state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state **new_state, int i)¶: private atomic state iterator function for macro-internal use

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: struct drm_atomic_state pointer
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr **mgr: pointer to the struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr iteration cursor
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state **old_state: optional pointer to the old struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state iteration cursor
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state **new_state: optional pointer to the new struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state iteration cursor
int i: int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use

Description

Used by for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state(), for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state(), and for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state(). Don’t call this directly.

Return

True if the current struct drm_private_obj is a struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr, false otherwise.

for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state¶

for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state (__state, mgr, old_state, new_state, __i)

iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update

Parameters

__state: struct drm_atomic_state pointer
mgr: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr iteration cursor
old_state: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state iteration cursor for the old state
new_state: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state iteration cursor for the new state
__i: int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use

Description

This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update, tracking both old and new state. This is useful in places where the state delta needs to be considered, for example in atomic check functions.

for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state¶

for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state (__state, mgr, old_state, __i)

iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update

Parameters

__state: struct drm_atomic_state pointer
mgr: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr iteration cursor
old_state: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state iteration cursor for the old state
__i: int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use

Description

This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update, tracking only the old state. This is useful in disable functions, where we need the old state the hardware is still in.

for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state¶

for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state (__state, mgr, new_state, __i)

iterate over all DP MST topology managers in an atomic update

Parameters

__state: struct drm_atomic_state pointer
mgr: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr iteration cursor
new_state: struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state iteration cursor for the new state
__i: int iteration cursor, for macro-internal use

Description

This iterates over all DRM DP MST topology managers in an atomic update, tracking only the new state. This is useful in enable functions, where we need the new state the hardware should be in when the atomic commit operation has completed.

void drm_dp_mst_get_port_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Increment the malloc refcount of an MST port

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The struct drm_dp_mst_port to increment the malloc refcount of

Description

Increments drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref. When drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation for port will be released and port may no longer be used.

Because port could potentially be freed at any time by the DP MST helpers if drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref reaches 0, including during a call to this function, drivers that which to make use of struct drm_dp_mst_port should ensure that they grab at least one main malloc reference to their MST ports in drm_dp_mst_topology_cbs.add_connector. This callback is called before there is any chance for drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref to reach 0.

void drm_dp_mst_put_port_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Decrement the malloc refcount of an MST port

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The struct drm_dp_mst_port to decrement the malloc refcount of

Description

Decrements drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref. When drm_dp_mst_port.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation for port will be released and port may no longer be used.

int drm_dp_mst_connector_late_register(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Late MST connector registration

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The MST connector
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The MST port for this connector

Description

Helper to register the remote aux device for this MST port. Drivers should call this from their mst connector’s late_register hook to enable MST aux devices.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

void drm_dp_mst_connector_early_unregister(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Early MST connector unregistration

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The MST connector
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The MST port for this connector

Description

Helper to unregister the remote aux device for this MST port, registered by drm_dp_mst_connector_late_register(). Drivers should call this from their mst connector’s early_unregister hook.

int drm_dp_add_payload_part1(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state, struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *payload)¶: Execute payload update part 1

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: Manager to use.
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state: The MST atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *payload: The payload to write

Description

Determines the starting time slot for the given payload, and programs the VCPI for this payload into the DPCD of DPRX. After calling this, the driver should generate ACT and payload packets.

Return

0 on success, error code on failure.

void drm_dp_remove_payload_part1(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state, struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *payload)¶: Remove an MST payload along the virtual channel

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: Manager to use.
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state: The MST atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *payload: The payload to remove

Description

Removes a payload along the virtual channel if it was successfully allocated. After calling this, the driver should set HW to generate ACT and then switch to new payload allocation state.

void drm_dp_remove_payload_part2(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state, const struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *old_payload, struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *new_payload)¶: Remove an MST payload locally

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: Manager to use.
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state: The MST atomic state
const struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *old_payload: The payload with its old state
struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *new_payload: The payload with its latest state

Description

Updates the starting time slots of all other payloads which would have been shifted towards the start of the payload ID table as a result of removing a payload. Driver should call this function whenever it removes a payload in its HW. It’s independent to the result of payload allocation/deallocation at branch devices along the virtual channel.

int drm_dp_add_payload_part2(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *payload)¶: Execute payload update part 2

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: Manager to use.
struct drm_dp_mst_atomic_payload *payload: The payload to update

Description

If payload was successfully assigned a starting time slot by drm_dp_add_payload_part1(), this function will send the sideband messages to finish allocating this payload.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

fixed20_12 drm_dp_get_vc_payload_bw(const struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, int link_rate, int link_lane_count)¶: get the VC payload BW for an MST link

Parameters

const struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: The drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr to use
int link_rate: link rate in 10kbits/s units
int link_lane_count: lane count

Description

Calculate the total bandwidth of a MultiStream Transport link. The returned value is in units of PBNs/(timeslots/1 MTP). This value can be used to convert the number of PBNs required for a given stream to the number of timeslots this stream requires in each MTP.

Returns the BW / timeslot value in 20.12 fixed point format.

enum drm_dp_mst_mode drm_dp_read_mst_cap(struct drm_dp_aux *aux, const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE])¶: Read the sink’s MST mode capability

Parameters

struct drm_dp_aux *aux: The DP AUX channel to use
const u8 dpcd[DP_RECEIVER_CAP_SIZE]: A cached copy of the DPCD capabilities for this sink

Return

enum drm_dp_mst_mode to indicate MST mode capability

int drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_set_mst(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, bool mst_state)¶: Set the MST state for a topology manager

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to set state for
bool mst_state: true to enable MST on this connector - false to disable.

Description

This is called by the driver when it detects an MST capable device plugged into a DP MST capable port, or when a DP MST capable device is unplugged.

void drm_dp_mst_topology_queue_probe(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: Queue a topology probe

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to probe

Description

Queue a work to probe the MST topology. Driver’s should call this only to sync the topology’s HW->SW state after the MST link’s parameters have changed in a way the state could’ve become out-of-sync. This is the case for instance when the link rate between the source and first downstream branch device has switched between UHBR and non-UHBR rates. Except of those cases - for instance when a sink gets plugged/unplugged to a port - the SW state will get updated automatically via MST UP message notifications.

void drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_suspend(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: suspend the MST manager

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to suspend

Description

This function tells the MST device that we can’t handle UP messages anymore. This should stop it from sending any since we are suspended.

int drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_resume(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, bool sync)¶: resume the MST manager

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to resume
bool sync: whether or not to perform topology reprobing synchronously

Description

This will fetch DPCD and see if the device is still there, if it is, it will rewrite the MSTM control bits, and return.

If the device fails this returns -1, and the driver should do a full MST reprobe, in case we were undocked.

During system resume (where it is assumed that the driver will be calling drm_atomic_helper_resume()) this function should be called beforehand with sync set to true. In contexts like runtime resume where the driver is not expected to be calling drm_atomic_helper_resume(), this function should be called with sync set to false in order to avoid deadlocking.

Return

-1 if the MST topology was removed while we were suspended, 0 otherwise.

int drm_dp_mst_hpd_irq_handle_event(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, const u8 *esi, u8 *ack, bool *handled)¶: MST hotplug IRQ handle MST event

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to notify irq for.
const u8 *esi: 4 bytes from SINK_COUNT_ESI
u8 *ack: 4 bytes used to ack events starting from SINK_COUNT_ESI
bool *handled: whether the hpd interrupt was consumed or not

Description

This should be called from the driver when it detects a HPD IRQ, along with the value of the DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0. The topology manager will process the sideband messages received as indicated in the DEVICE_SERVICE_IRQ_VECTOR_ESI0 and set the corresponding flags that Driver has to ack the DP receiver later.

Note that driver shall also call drm_dp_mst_hpd_irq_send_new_request() if the ‘handled’ is set after calling this function, to try to kick off a new request in the queue if the previous message transaction is completed.

void drm_dp_mst_hpd_irq_send_new_request(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: MST hotplug IRQ kick off new request

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to notify irq for.

Description

This should be called from the driver when mst irq event is handled and acked. Note that new down request should only be sent when previous message transaction is completed. Source is not supposed to generate interleaved message transactions.

int drm_dp_mst_detect_port(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: get connection status for an MST port

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: DRM connector for this port
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: The acquisition context to use for grabbing locks
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager for this port
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: pointer to a port

Description

This returns the current connection state for a port.

const struct drm_edid *drm_dp_mst_edid_read(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: get EDID for an MST port

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: toplevel connector to get EDID for
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager for this port
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: unverified pointer to a port.

Description

This returns an EDID for the port connected to a connector, It validates the pointer still exists so the caller doesn’t require a reference.

struct edid *drm_dp_mst_get_edid(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: get EDID for an MST port

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: toplevel connector to get EDID for
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager for this port
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: unverified pointer to a port.

Description

This function is deprecated; please use drm_dp_mst_edid_read() instead.

This returns an EDID for the port connected to a connector, It validates the pointer still exists so the caller doesn’t require a reference.

int drm_dp_atomic_find_time_slots(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port, int pbn)¶: Find and add time slots to the state

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager for the port
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: port to find time slots for
int pbn: bandwidth required for the mode in PBN

Description

Allocates time slots to port, replacing any previous time slot allocations it may have had. Any atomic drivers which support MST must call this function in their drm_encoder_helper_funcs.atomic_check() callback unconditionally to change the current time slot allocation for the new state, and ensure the MST atomic state is added whenever the state of payloads in the topology changes.

Allocations set by this function are not checked against the bandwidth restraints of mgr until the driver calls drm_dp_mst_atomic_check().

Additionally, it is OK to call this function multiple times on the same port as needed. It is not OK however, to call this function and drm_dp_atomic_release_time_slots() in the same atomic check phase.

Return

Total slots in the atomic state assigned for this port, or a negative error code if the port no longer exists

int drm_dp_atomic_release_time_slots(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Release allocated time slots

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager for the port
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The port to release the time slots from

Description

Releases any time slots that have been allocated to a port in the atomic state. Any atomic drivers which support MST must call this function unconditionally in their drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_check() callback. This helper will check whether time slots would be released by the new state and respond accordingly, along with ensuring the MST state is always added to the atomic state whenever a new state would modify the state of payloads on the topology.

It is OK to call this even if port has been removed from the system. Additionally, it is OK to call this function multiple times on the same port as needed. It is not OK however, to call this function and drm_dp_atomic_find_time_slots() on the same port in a single atomic check phase.

Return

0 on success, negative error code otherwise

int drm_dp_mst_atomic_setup_commit(struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: setup_commit hook for MST helpers

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state

Description

This function saves all of the drm_crtc_commit structs in an atomic state that touch any CRTCs currently assigned to an MST topology. Drivers must call this hook from their drm_mode_config_helper_funcs.atomic_commit_setup hook.

Return

0 if all CRTC commits were retrieved successfully, negative error code otherwise

void drm_dp_mst_atomic_wait_for_dependencies(struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: Wait for all pending commits on MST topologies, prepare new MST state for commit

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state

Description

Goes through any MST topologies in this atomic state, and waits for any pending commits which touched CRTCs that were/are on an MST topology to be programmed to hardware and flipped to before returning. This is to prevent multiple non-blocking commits affecting an MST topology from racing with eachother by forcing them to be executed sequentially in situations where the only resources the modeset objects in these commits share are an MST topology.

This function also prepares the new MST state for commit by performing some state preparation which can’t be done until this point, such as reading back the final VC start slots (which are determined at commit-time) from the previous state.

All MST drivers must call this function after calling drm_atomic_helper_wait_for_dependencies(), or whatever their equivalent of that is.

int drm_dp_mst_root_conn_atomic_check(struct drm_connector_state *new_conn_state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: Serialize CRTC commits on MST-capable connectors operating in SST mode

Parameters

struct drm_connector_state *new_conn_state: The new connector state of the drm_connector
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: The MST topology manager for the drm_connector

Description

Since MST uses fake drm_encoder structs, the generic atomic modesetting code isn’t able to serialize non-blocking commits happening on the real DP connector of an MST topology switching into/away from MST mode - as the CRTC on the real DP connector and the CRTCs on the connector’s MST topology will never share the same drm_encoder.

This function takes care of this serialization issue, by checking a root MST connector’s atomic state to determine if it is about to have a modeset - and then pulling in the MST topology state if so, along with adding any relevant CRTCs to drm_dp_mst_topology_state.pending_crtc_mask.

Drivers implementing MST must call this function from the drm_connector_helper_funcs.atomic_check hook of any physical DP drm_connector capable of driving MST sinks.

Return

0 on success, negative error code otherwise

void drm_dp_mst_update_slots(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state, uint8_t link_encoding_cap)¶: updates the slot info depending on the DP ecoding format

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state: mst_state to update
uint8_t link_encoding_cap: the ecoding format on the link

int drm_dp_check_act_status(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: Polls for ACT handled status.

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to use

Description

Tries waiting for the MST hub to finish updating it’s payload table by polling for the ACT handled bit for up to 3 seconds (yes-some hubs really take that long).

Return

0 if the ACT was handled in time, negative error code on failure.

int drm_dp_calc_pbn_mode(int clock, int bpp)¶: Calculate the PBN for a mode.

Parameters

int clock: dot clock
int bpp: bpp as .4 binary fixed point

Description

This uses the formula in the spec to calculate the PBN value for a mode.

void drm_dp_mst_dump_topology(struct seq_file *m, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: dump topology to seq file.

Parameters

struct seq_file *m: seq_file to dump output to
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to dump current topology for.

Description

helper to dump MST topology to a seq file for debugfs.

bool drm_dp_mst_port_downstream_of_parent(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port, struct drm_dp_mst_port *parent)¶: check if a port is downstream of a parent port

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: the port being looked up
struct drm_dp_mst_port *parent: the parent port

Description

The function returns true if port is downstream of parent. If parent is NULL - denoting the root port - the function returns true if port is in mgr’s topology.

int drm_dp_mst_add_affected_dsc_crtcs(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: Pointer to the new struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager

Description

Whenever there is a change in mst topology DSC configuration would have to be recalculated therefore we need to trigger modeset on all affected CRTCs in that topology

int drm_dp_mst_atomic_enable_dsc(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_port *port, int pbn, bool enable)¶: Set DSC Enable Flag to On/Off

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: Pointer to the new drm_atomic_state
struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: Pointer to the affected MST Port
int pbn: Newly recalculated bw required for link with DSC enabled
bool enable: Boolean flag to enable or disable DSC on the port

Description

This function enables DSC on the given Port by recalculating its vcpi from pbn provided and sets dsc_enable flag to keep track of which ports have DSC enabled

int drm_dp_mst_atomic_check_mgr(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state, struct drm_dp_mst_port **failing_port)¶: Check the atomic state of an MST topology manager

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: The global atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: Manager to check
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *mst_state: The MST atomic state for mgr
struct drm_dp_mst_port **failing_port: Returns the port with a BW limitation

Description

Checks the given MST manager’s topology state for an atomic update to ensure that it’s valid. This includes checking whether there’s enough bandwidth to support the new timeslot allocations in the atomic update.

Any atomic drivers supporting DP MST must make sure to call this or the drm_dp_mst_atomic_check() function after checking the rest of their state in their drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check() callback.

Return

0 if the new state is valid

-ENOSPC, if the new state is invalid, because of BW limitation
failing_port is set to:

The non-root port where a BW limit check failed with all the ports downstream of failing_port passing the BW limit check. The returned port pointer is valid until at least one payload downstream of it exists.

NULL if the BW limit check failed at the root port with all the ports downstream of the root port passing the BW limit check.

-EINVAL, if the new state is invalid, because the root port has too many payloads.

int drm_dp_mst_atomic_check(struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: Check that the new state of an MST topology in an atomic update is valid

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: Pointer to the new struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state

Description

Checks the given topology state for an atomic update to ensure that it’s valid, calling drm_dp_mst_atomic_check_mgr() for all MST manager in the atomic state. This includes checking whether there’s enough bandwidth to support the new timeslot allocations in the atomic update.

Any atomic drivers supporting DP MST must make sure to call this after checking the rest of their state in their drm_mode_config_funcs.atomic_check() callback.

Return

0 if the new state is valid, negative error code otherwise.

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *drm_atomic_get_mst_topology_state(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: get MST topology state

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager, also the private object in this case

Description

This function wraps drm_atomic_get_priv_obj_state() passing in the MST atomic state vtable so that the private object state returned is that of a MST topology object.

Return

The MST topology state or error pointer.

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *drm_atomic_get_old_mst_topology_state(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: get old MST topology state in atomic state, if any

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager, also the private object in this case

Description

This function wraps drm_atomic_get_old_private_obj_state() passing in the MST atomic state vtable so that the private object state returned is that of a MST topology object.

Return

The old MST topology state, or NULL if there’s no topology state for this MST mgr in the global atomic state

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_state *drm_atomic_get_new_mst_topology_state(struct drm_atomic_state *state, struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: get new MST topology state in atomic state, if any

Parameters

struct drm_atomic_state *state: global atomic state
struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: MST topology manager, also the private object in this case

Description

This function wraps drm_atomic_get_new_private_obj_state() passing in the MST atomic state vtable so that the private object state returned is that of a MST topology object.

Return

The new MST topology state, or NULL if there’s no topology state for this MST mgr in the global atomic state

int drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_init(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr, struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_dp_aux *aux, int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes, int max_payloads, int conn_base_id)¶: initialise a topology manager

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager struct to initialise
struct drm_device *dev: device providing this structure - for i2c addition.
struct drm_dp_aux *aux: DP helper aux channel to talk to this device
int max_dpcd_transaction_bytes: hw specific DPCD transaction limit
int max_payloads: maximum number of payloads this GPU can source
int conn_base_id: the connector object ID the MST device is connected to.

Description

Return 0 for success, or negative error code on failure

void drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr_destroy(struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr)¶: destroy topology manager.

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_topology_mgr *mgr: manager to destroy

struct drm_dp_aux *drm_dp_mst_aux_for_parent(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Get the AUX device for an MST port’s parent

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: MST port whose parent’s AUX device is returned

Description

Return the AUX device for port’s parent or NULL if port’s parent is the root port.

struct drm_dp_aux *drm_dp_mst_dsc_aux_for_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Find the correct aux for DSC

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The port to check. A leaf of the MST tree with an attached display.

Description

Depending on the situation, DSC may be enabled via the endpoint aux, the immediately upstream aux, or the connector’s physical aux.

This is both the correct aux to read DSC_CAPABILITY and the correct aux to write DSC_ENABLED.

This operation can be expensive (up to four aux reads), so the caller should cache the return.

Return

NULL if DSC cannot be enabled on this port, otherwise the aux device

Topology Lifetime Internals¶

These functions aren’t exported to drivers, but are documented here to help make the MST topology helpers easier to understand

void drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb)¶: Increment the malloc refcount of a branch device

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb: The struct drm_dp_mst_branch to increment the malloc refcount of

Description

Increments drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref. When drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation for mstb will be released and mstb may no longer be used.

void drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc(struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb)¶: Decrement the malloc refcount of a branch device

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb: The struct drm_dp_mst_branch to decrement the malloc refcount of

Description

Decrements drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref. When drm_dp_mst_branch.malloc_kref reaches 0, the memory allocation for mstb will be released and mstb may no longer be used.

int drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb(struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb)¶: Increment the topology refcount of a branch device unless it’s zero

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb: struct drm_dp_mst_branch to increment the topology refcount of

Description

Attempts to grab a topology reference to mstb, if it hasn’t yet been removed from the topology (e.g. drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_kref has reached 0). Holding a topology reference implies that a malloc reference will be held to mstb as long as the user holds the topology reference.

Care should be taken to ensure that the user has at least one malloc reference to mstb. If you already have a topology reference to mstb, you should use drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb() instead.

Return

1: A topology reference was grabbed successfully
0: port is no longer in the topology, no reference was grabbed

void drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb(struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb)¶: Increment the topology refcount of a branch device

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb: The struct drm_dp_mst_branch to increment the topology refcount of

Description

Increments drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_refcount without checking whether or not it’s already reached 0. This is only valid to use in scenarios where you are already guaranteed to have at least one active topology reference to mstb. Otherwise, drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb() must be used.

void drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb(struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb)¶: release a topology reference to a branch device

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_branch *mstb: The struct drm_dp_mst_branch to release the topology reference from

Description

Releases a topology reference from mstb by decrementing drm_dp_mst_branch.topology_kref.

int drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Increment the topology refcount of a port unless it’s zero

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: struct drm_dp_mst_port to increment the topology refcount of

Description

Attempts to grab a topology reference to port, if it hasn’t yet been removed from the topology (e.g. drm_dp_mst_port.topology_kref has reached 0). Holding a topology reference implies that a malloc reference will be held to port as long as the user holds the topology reference.

Care should be taken to ensure that the user has at least one malloc reference to port. If you already have a topology reference to port, you should use drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port() instead.

Return

1: A topology reference was grabbed successfully
0: port is no longer in the topology, no reference was grabbed

void drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: Increment the topology refcount of a port

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The struct drm_dp_mst_port to increment the topology refcount of

Description

Increments drm_dp_mst_port.topology_refcount without checking whether or not it’s already reached 0. This is only valid to use in scenarios where you are already guaranteed to have at least one active topology reference to port. Otherwise, drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port() must be used.

void drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port(struct drm_dp_mst_port *port)¶: release a topology reference to a port

Parameters

struct drm_dp_mst_port *port: The struct drm_dp_mst_port to release the topology reference from

Description

Releases a topology reference from port by decrementing drm_dp_mst_port.topology_kref.

MIPI DBI Helper Functions Reference¶

This library provides helpers for MIPI Display Bus Interface (DBI) compatible display controllers.

Many controllers for tiny lcd displays are MIPI compliant and can use this library. If a controller uses registers 0x2A and 0x2B to set the area to update and uses register 0x2C to write to frame memory, it is most likely MIPI compliant.

Only MIPI Type 1 displays are supported since a full frame memory is needed.

There are 3 MIPI DBI implementation types:

Motorola 6800 type parallel bus
Intel 8080 type parallel bus
SPI type with 3 options:
1. 9-bit with the Data/Command signal as the ninth bit
2. Same as above except it’s sent as 16 bits
3. 8-bit with the Data/Command signal as a separate D/CX pin

Currently mipi_dbi only supports Type C options 1 and 3 with mipi_dbi_spi_init().

struct mipi_dbi¶: MIPI DBI interface

Definition:

struct mipi_dbi {
    struct mutex cmdlock;
    int (*command)(struct mipi_dbi *dbi, u8 *cmd, u8 *param, size_t num);
    const u8 *read_commands;
    bool swap_bytes;
    struct gpio_desc *reset;
    struct spi_device *spi;
    unsigned int write_memory_bpw;
    struct gpio_desc *dc;
    void *tx_buf9;
    size_t tx_buf9_len;
};

Members

cmdlock

Command lock

command

Bus specific callback executing commands.

read_commands

Array of read commands terminated by a zero entry.: Reading is disabled if this is NULL.

swap_bytes

Swap bytes in buffer before transfer

reset

Optional reset gpio

spi

SPI device

write_memory_bpw

Bits per word used on a MIPI_DCS_WRITE_MEMORY_START transfer

dc

Optional D/C gpio.

tx_buf9

Buffer used for Option 1 9-bit conversion

tx_buf9_len

Size of tx_buf9.

struct mipi_dbi_dev¶: MIPI DBI device

Definition:

struct mipi_dbi_dev {
    struct drm_device drm;
    struct drm_simple_display_pipe pipe;
    struct drm_connector connector;
    struct drm_display_mode mode;
    u32 pixel_format;
    u16 *tx_buf;
    unsigned int rotation;
    unsigned int left_offset;
    unsigned int top_offset;
    struct backlight_device *backlight;
    struct regulator *regulator;
    struct regulator *io_regulator;
    struct mipi_dbi dbi;
    void *driver_private;
};

Members

drm

DRM device

pipe

Display pipe structure

connector

Connector

mode

Fixed display mode

pixel_format

Native pixel format (DRM_FORMAT_*)

tx_buf

Buffer used for transfer (copy clip rect area)

rotation

initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise

left_offset

Horizontal offset of the display relative to the: controller’s driver array

top_offset

Vertical offset of the display relative to the: controller’s driver array

backlight

backlight device (optional)

regulator

power regulator (Vdd) (optional)

io_regulator

I/O power regulator (Vddi) (optional)

dbi

MIPI DBI interface

driver_private

Driver private data.: Necessary for drivers with private data since devm_drm_dev_alloc() can’t allocate structures that embed a structure which then again embeds drm_device.

mipi_dbi_command¶

mipi_dbi_command (dbi, cmd, seq...)

MIPI DCS command with optional parameter(s)

Parameters

dbi: MIPI DBI structure
cmd: Command
seq...: Optional parameter(s)

Description

Send MIPI DCS command to the controller. Use mipi_dbi_command_read() for get/read.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

DRM_MIPI_DBI_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_PIPE_FUNCS¶

DRM_MIPI_DBI_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_PIPE_FUNCS (enable_)

Initializes struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs for MIPI-DBI devices

Parameters

enable_: Enable-callback implementation

Description

This macro initializes struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs with default values for MIPI-DBI-based devices. The only callback that depends on the hardware is enable, for which the driver has to provide an implementation. MIPI-based drivers are encouraged to use this macro for initialization.

int mipi_dbi_command_read(struct mipi_dbi *dbi, u8 cmd, u8 *val)¶: MIPI DCS read command

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi *dbi: MIPI DBI structure
u8 cmd: Command
u8 *val: Value read

Description

Send MIPI DCS read command to the controller.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dbi_command_buf(struct mipi_dbi *dbi, u8 cmd, u8 *data, size_t len)¶: MIPI DCS command with parameter(s) in an array

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi *dbi: MIPI DBI structure
u8 cmd: Command
u8 *data: Parameter buffer
size_t len: Buffer length

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dbi_buf_copy(void *dst, struct iosys_map *src, struct drm_framebuffer *fb, struct drm_rect *clip, bool swap, struct drm_format_conv_state *fmtcnv_state)¶: Copy a framebuffer, transforming it if necessary

Parameters

void *dst: The destination buffer
struct iosys_map *src: The source buffer
struct drm_framebuffer *fb: The source framebuffer
struct drm_rect *clip: Clipping rectangle of the area to be copied
bool swap: When true, swap MSB/LSB of 16-bit values
struct drm_format_conv_state *fmtcnv_state: Format-conversion state

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

enum drm_mode_status mipi_dbi_pipe_mode_valid(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, const struct drm_display_mode *mode)¶: MIPI DBI mode-valid helper

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Simple display pipe
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: The mode to test

Description

This function validates a given display mode against the MIPI DBI’s hardware display. Drivers can use this as their drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->mode_valid callback.

void mipi_dbi_pipe_update(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *old_state)¶: Display pipe update helper

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Simple display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *old_state: Old plane state

Description

This function handles framebuffer flushing and vblank events. Drivers can use this as their drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->update callback.

void mipi_dbi_enable_flush(struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev, struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: MIPI DBI enable helper

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev: MIPI DBI device structure
struct drm_crtc_state *crtc_state: CRTC state
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: Plane state

Description

Flushes the whole framebuffer and enables the backlight. Drivers can use this in their drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->enable callback.

Note

Drivers which don’t use mipi_dbi_pipe_update() because they have custom framebuffer flushing, can’t use this function since they both use the same flushing code.

void mipi_dbi_pipe_disable(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe)¶: MIPI DBI pipe disable helper

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Display pipe

Description

This function disables backlight if present, if not the display memory is blanked. The regulator is disabled if in use. Drivers can use this as their drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs->disable callback.

int mipi_dbi_pipe_begin_fb_access(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: MIPI DBI pipe begin-access helper

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: Plane state

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.begin_fb_access.

See drm_gem_begin_shadow_fb_access() for details and mipi_dbi_pipe_cleanup_fb() for cleanup.

Return

0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

void mipi_dbi_pipe_end_fb_access(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: MIPI DBI pipe end-access helper

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: Plane state

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.end_fb_access.

See mipi_dbi_pipe_begin_fb_access().

void mipi_dbi_pipe_reset_plane(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe)¶: MIPI DBI plane-reset helper

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Display pipe

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.reset_plane for MIPI DBI planes.

struct drm_plane_state *mipi_dbi_pipe_duplicate_plane_state(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe)¶: duplicates MIPI DBI plane state

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Display pipe

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.duplicate_plane_state for MIPI DBI planes.

See drm_gem_duplicate_shadow_plane_state() for additional details.

Return

A pointer to a new plane state on success, or NULL otherwise.

void mipi_dbi_pipe_destroy_plane_state(struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe, struct drm_plane_state *plane_state)¶: cleans up MIPI DBI plane state

Parameters

struct drm_simple_display_pipe *pipe: Display pipe
struct drm_plane_state *plane_state: Plane state

Description

This function implements struct drm_simple_display_funcs.destroy_plane_state for MIPI DBI planes.

See drm_gem_destroy_shadow_plane_state() for additional details.

int mipi_dbi_dev_init_with_formats(struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev, const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs, const uint32_t *formats, unsigned int format_count, const struct drm_display_mode *mode, unsigned int rotation, size_t tx_buf_size)¶: MIPI DBI device initialization with custom formats

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev: MIPI DBI device structure to initialize
const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs: Display pipe functions
const uint32_t *formats: Array of supported formats (DRM_FORMAT_*).
unsigned int format_count: Number of elements in formats
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: Display mode
unsigned int rotation: Initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise
size_t tx_buf_size: Allocate a transmit buffer of this size.

Description

This function sets up a drm_simple_display_pipe with a drm_connector that has one fixed drm_display_mode which is rotated according to rotation. This mode is used to set the mode config min/max width/height properties.

Use mipi_dbi_dev_init() if you want native RGB565 and emulated XRGB8888 format.

Note

Some of the helper functions expects RGB565 to be the default format and the transmit buffer sized to fit that.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dbi_dev_init(struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev, const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs, const struct drm_display_mode *mode, unsigned int rotation)¶: MIPI DBI device initialization

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev: MIPI DBI device structure to initialize
const struct drm_simple_display_pipe_funcs *funcs: Display pipe functions
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: Display mode
unsigned int rotation: Initial rotation in degrees Counter Clock Wise

Description

This function sets up a drm_simple_display_pipe with a drm_connector that has one fixed drm_display_mode which is rotated according to rotation. This mode is used to set the mode config min/max width/height properties. Additionally mipi_dbi.tx_buf is allocated.

Supported formats: Native RGB565 and emulated XRGB8888.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

void mipi_dbi_hw_reset(struct mipi_dbi *dbi)¶: Hardware reset of controller

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi *dbi: MIPI DBI structure

Description

Reset controller if the mipi_dbi->reset gpio is set.

bool mipi_dbi_display_is_on(struct mipi_dbi *dbi)¶: Check if display is on

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi *dbi: MIPI DBI structure

Description

This function checks the Power Mode register (if readable) to see if display output is turned on. This can be used to see if the bootloader has already turned on the display avoiding flicker when the pipeline is enabled.

Return

true if the display can be verified to be on, false otherwise.

int mipi_dbi_poweron_reset(struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev)¶: MIPI DBI poweron and reset

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev: MIPI DBI device structure

Description

This function enables the regulator if used and does a hardware and software reset.

Return

Zero on success, or a negative error code.

int mipi_dbi_poweron_conditional_reset(struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev)¶: MIPI DBI poweron and conditional reset

Parameters

struct mipi_dbi_dev *dbidev: MIPI DBI device structure

Description

This function enables the regulator if used and if the display is off, it does a hardware and software reset. If mipi_dbi_display_is_on() determines that the display is on, no reset is performed.

Return

Zero if the controller was reset, 1 if the display was already on, or a negative error code.

u32 mipi_dbi_spi_cmd_max_speed(struct spi_device *spi, size_t len)¶: get the maximum SPI bus speed

Parameters

struct spi_device *spi: SPI device
size_t len: The transfer buffer length.

Description

Many controllers have a max speed of 10MHz, but can be pushed way beyond that. Increase reliability by running pixel data at max speed and the rest at 10MHz, preventing transfer glitches from messing up the init settings.

int mipi_dbi_spi_init(struct spi_device *spi, struct mipi_dbi *dbi, struct gpio_desc *dc)¶: Initialize MIPI DBI SPI interface

Parameters

struct spi_device *spi: SPI device
struct mipi_dbi *dbi: MIPI DBI structure to initialize
struct gpio_desc *dc: D/C gpio (optional)

Description

This function sets mipi_dbi->command, enables mipi_dbi->read_commands for the usual read commands. It should be followed by a call to mipi_dbi_dev_init() or a driver-specific init.

If dc is set, a Type C Option 3 interface is assumed, if not Type C Option 1.

If the command is MIPI_DCS_WRITE_MEMORY_START and the pixel format is RGB565, endianness has to be taken into account. The MIPI DBI serial interface is big endian and framebuffers are assumed stored in memory as little endian (DRM_FORMAT_BIG_ENDIAN is not supported).

This is how endianness is handled:

Option 1 (D/C as a bit): The buffer is sent on the wire byte by byte so the 16-bit buffer is: byteswapped before transfer.
Option 3 (D/C as a gpio): If the SPI controller supports 16 bits per word the buffer can be: sent as-is. If not the caller is responsible for swapping the bytes before calling mipi_dbi_command_buf() and the buffer is sent 8 bpw.

This handling is optimised for DRM_FORMAT_RGB565 framebuffers.

If the interface is Option 1 and the SPI controller doesn’t support 9 bits per word, the buffer is sent as 9x 8-bit words, padded with MIPI DCS no-op commands if necessary.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dbi_spi_transfer(struct spi_device *spi, u32 speed_hz, u8 bpw, const void *buf, size_t len)¶: SPI transfer helper

Parameters

struct spi_device *spi: SPI device
u32 speed_hz: Override speed (optional)
u8 bpw: Bits per word
const void *buf: Buffer to transfer
size_t len: Buffer length

Description

This SPI transfer helper breaks up the transfer of buf into chunks which the SPI controller driver can handle. The SPI bus must be locked when calling this.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on failure.

void mipi_dbi_debugfs_init(struct drm_minor *minor)¶: Create debugfs entries

Parameters

struct drm_minor *minor: DRM minor

Description

This function creates a ‘command’ debugfs file for sending commands to the controller or getting the read command values. Drivers can use this as their drm_driver->debugfs_init callback.

MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference¶

These functions contain some common logic and helpers to deal with MIPI DSI peripherals.

Helpers are provided for a number of standard MIPI DSI command as well as a subset of the MIPI DCS command set.

struct mipi_dsi_msg¶: read/write DSI buffer

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_msg {
    u8 channel;
    u8 type;
    u16 flags;
    size_t tx_len;
    const void *tx_buf;
    size_t rx_len;
    void *rx_buf;
};

Members

channel: virtual channel id
type: payload data type
flags: flags controlling this message transmission
tx_len: length of tx_buf
tx_buf: data to be written
rx_len: length of rx_buf
rx_buf: data to be read, or NULL

struct mipi_dsi_packet¶: represents a MIPI DSI packet in protocol format

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_packet {
    size_t size;
    u8 header[4];
    size_t payload_length;
    const u8 *payload;
};

Members

size: size (in bytes) of the packet
header: the four bytes that make up the header (Data ID, Word Count or Packet Data, and ECC)
payload_length: number of bytes in the payload
payload: a pointer to a buffer containing the payload, if any

struct mipi_dsi_host_ops¶: DSI bus operations

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_host_ops {
    int (*attach)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
    int (*detach)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
    ssize_t (*transfer)(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, const struct mipi_dsi_msg *msg);
};

Members

attach: attach DSI device to DSI host
detach: detach DSI device from DSI host
transfer: transmit a DSI packet

Description

DSI packets transmitted by .transfer() are passed in as mipi_dsi_msg structures. This structure contains information about the type of packet being transmitted as well as the transmit and receive buffers. When an error is encountered during transmission, this function will return a negative error code. On success it shall return the number of bytes transmitted for write packets or the number of bytes received for read packets.

Note that typically DSI packet transmission is atomic, so the .transfer() function will seldomly return anything other than the number of bytes contained in the transmit buffer on success.

Also note that those callbacks can be called no matter the state the host is in. Drivers that need the underlying device to be powered to perform these operations will first need to make sure it’s been properly enabled.

struct mipi_dsi_host¶: DSI host device

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_host {
    struct device *dev;
    const struct mipi_dsi_host_ops *ops;
    struct list_head list;
};

Members

dev: driver model device node for this DSI host
ops: DSI host operations
list: list management

struct mipi_dsi_device_info¶: template for creating a mipi_dsi_device

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_device_info {
    char type[DSI_DEV_NAME_SIZE];
    u32 channel;
    struct device_node *node;
};

Members

type: DSI peripheral chip type
channel: DSI virtual channel assigned to peripheral
node: pointer to OF device node or NULL

Description

This is populated and passed to mipi_dsi_device_new to create a new DSI device

struct mipi_dsi_device¶: DSI peripheral device

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_device {
    struct mipi_dsi_host *host;
    struct device dev;
    bool attached;
    char name[DSI_DEV_NAME_SIZE];
    unsigned int channel;
    unsigned int lanes;
    enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format format;
    unsigned long mode_flags;
    unsigned long hs_rate;
    unsigned long lp_rate;
    struct drm_dsc_config *dsc;
};

Members

host: DSI host for this peripheral
dev: driver model device node for this peripheral
attached: the DSI device has been successfully attached
name: DSI peripheral chip type
channel: virtual channel assigned to the peripheral
lanes: number of active data lanes
format: pixel format for video mode
mode_flags: DSI operation mode related flags
hs_rate: maximum lane frequency for high speed mode in hertz, this should be set to the real limits of the hardware, zero is only accepted for legacy drivers
lp_rate: maximum lane frequency for low power mode in hertz, this should be set to the real limits of the hardware, zero is only accepted for legacy drivers
dsc: panel/bridge DSC pps payload to be sent

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context¶: Context to call multiple MIPI DSI funcs in a row

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context {
    struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi;
    int accum_err;
};

Members

dsi

Pointer to the MIPI DSI device

accum_err

Storage for the accumulated error over the multiple calls

Init to 0. If a function encounters an error then the error code will be stored here. If you call a function and this points to a non-zero value then the function will be a noop. This allows calling a function many times in a row and just checking the error at the end to see if any of them failed.

int mipi_dsi_pixel_format_to_bpp(enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format fmt)¶: obtain the number of bits per pixel for any given pixel format defined by the MIPI DSI specification

Parameters

enum mipi_dsi_pixel_format fmt: MIPI DSI pixel format

Return

The number of bits per pixel of the given pixel format.

enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode¶: Tearing Effect Output Line mode

Constants

MIPI_DSI_DCS_TEAR_MODE_VBLANK: the TE output line consists of V-Blanking information only
MIPI_DSI_DCS_TEAR_MODE_VHBLANK: the TE output line consists of both V-Blanking and H-Blanking information

mipi_dsi_generic_write_seq¶

mipi_dsi_generic_write_seq (dsi, seq...)

transmit data using a generic write packet

Parameters

dsi: DSI peripheral device
seq...: buffer containing the payload

Description

This macro will print errors for you and will RETURN FROM THE CALLING FUNCTION (yes this is non-intuitive) upon error.

Because of the non-intuitive return behavior, THIS MACRO IS DEPRECATED. Please replace calls of it with mipi_dsi_generic_write_seq_multi().

mipi_dsi_generic_write_seq_multi¶

mipi_dsi_generic_write_seq_multi (ctx, seq...)

transmit data using a generic write packet

Parameters

ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
seq...: buffer containing the payload

Description

This macro will print errors for you and error handling is optimized for callers that call this multiple times in a row.

mipi_dsi_dcs_write_seq¶

mipi_dsi_dcs_write_seq (dsi, cmd, seq...)

transmit a DCS command with payload

Parameters

dsi: DSI peripheral device
cmd: Command
seq...: buffer containing data to be transmitted

Description

This macro will print errors for you and will RETURN FROM THE CALLING FUNCTION (yes this is non-intuitive) upon error.

Because of the non-intuitive return behavior, THIS MACRO IS DEPRECATED. Please replace calls of it with mipi_dsi_dcs_write_seq_multi().

mipi_dsi_dcs_write_seq_multi¶

mipi_dsi_dcs_write_seq_multi (ctx, cmd, seq...)

transmit a DCS command with payload

Parameters

ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
cmd: Command
seq...: buffer containing data to be transmitted

Description

This macro will print errors for you and error handling is optimized for callers that call this multiple times in a row.

struct mipi_dsi_driver¶: DSI driver

Definition:

struct mipi_dsi_driver {
    struct device_driver driver;
    int(*probe)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
    void (*remove)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
    void (*shutdown)(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi);
};

Members

driver: device driver model driver
probe: callback for device binding
remove: callback for device unbinding
shutdown: called at shutdown time to quiesce the device

struct mipi_dsi_device *of_find_mipi_dsi_device_by_node(struct device_node *np)¶: find the MIPI DSI device matching a device tree node

Parameters

struct device_node *np: device tree node

Return

A pointer to the MIPI DSI device corresponding to np or NULL if no: such device exists (or has not been registered yet).

struct mipi_dsi_device *mipi_dsi_device_register_full(struct mipi_dsi_host *host, const struct mipi_dsi_device_info *info)¶: create a MIPI DSI device

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_host *host: DSI host to which this device is connected
const struct mipi_dsi_device_info *info: pointer to template containing DSI device information

Description

Create a MIPI DSI device by using the device information provided by mipi_dsi_device_info template

Return

A pointer to the newly created MIPI DSI device, or, a pointer encoded with an error

void mipi_dsi_device_unregister(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: unregister MIPI DSI device

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

struct mipi_dsi_device *devm_mipi_dsi_device_register_full(struct device *dev, struct mipi_dsi_host *host, const struct mipi_dsi_device_info *info)¶: create a managed MIPI DSI device

Parameters

struct device *dev: device to tie the MIPI-DSI device lifetime to
struct mipi_dsi_host *host: DSI host to which this device is connected
const struct mipi_dsi_device_info *info: pointer to template containing DSI device information

Description

Create a MIPI DSI device by using the device information provided by mipi_dsi_device_info template

This is the managed version of mipi_dsi_device_register_full() which automatically calls mipi_dsi_device_unregister() when dev is unbound.

Return

A pointer to the newly created MIPI DSI device, or, a pointer encoded with an error

struct mipi_dsi_host *of_find_mipi_dsi_host_by_node(struct device_node *node)¶: find the MIPI DSI host matching a device tree node

Parameters

struct device_node *node: device tree node

Return

A pointer to the MIPI DSI host corresponding to node or NULL if no such device exists (or has not been registered yet).

int mipi_dsi_attach(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: attach a DSI device to its DSI host

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral

int mipi_dsi_detach(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: detach a DSI device from its DSI host

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral

int devm_mipi_dsi_attach(struct device *dev, struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: Attach a MIPI-DSI device to its DSI Host

Parameters

struct device *dev: device to tie the MIPI-DSI device attachment lifetime to
struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral

Description

This is the managed version of mipi_dsi_attach() which automatically calls mipi_dsi_detach() when dev is unbound.

Return

0 on success, a negative error code on failure.

bool mipi_dsi_packet_format_is_short(u8 type)¶: check if a packet is of the short format

Parameters

u8 type: MIPI DSI data type of the packet

Return

true if the packet for the given data type is a short packet, false otherwise.

bool mipi_dsi_packet_format_is_long(u8 type)¶: check if a packet is of the long format

Parameters

u8 type: MIPI DSI data type of the packet

Return

true if the packet for the given data type is a long packet, false otherwise.

int mipi_dsi_create_packet(struct mipi_dsi_packet *packet, const struct mipi_dsi_msg *msg)¶: create a packet from a message according to the DSI protocol

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_packet *packet: pointer to a DSI packet structure
const struct mipi_dsi_msg *msg: message to translate into a packet

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_shutdown_peripheral(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: sends a Shutdown Peripheral command

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_turn_on_peripheral(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: sends a Turn On Peripheral command

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_turn_on_peripheral_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_compression_mode_ext(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, bool enable, enum mipi_dsi_compression_algo algo, unsigned int pps_selector)¶: enable/disable DSC on the peripheral

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
bool enable: Whether to enable or disable the DSC
enum mipi_dsi_compression_algo algo: Selected compression algorithm
unsigned int pps_selector: Select PPS from the table of pre-stored or uploaded PPS entries

Description

Enable or disable Display Stream Compression on the peripheral. This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_compression_mode_ext_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_compression_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, bool enable)¶: enable/disable DSC on the peripheral

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
bool enable: Whether to enable or disable the DSC

Description

Enable or disable Display Stream Compression on the peripheral using the default Picture Parameter Set and VESA DSC 1.1 algorithm.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_picture_parameter_set(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, const struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set *pps)¶: transmit the DSC PPS to the peripheral

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
const struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set *pps: VESA DSC 1.1 Picture Parameter Set

Description

Transmit the VESA DSC 1.1 Picture Parameter Set to the peripheral. This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_picture_parameter_set_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t mipi_dsi_generic_write(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, const void *payload, size_t size)¶: transmit data using a generic write packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
const void *payload: buffer containing the payload
size_t size: size of payload buffer

Description

This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the payload length.

Return

The number of bytes transmitted on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_generic_write_chatty(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, const void *payload, size_t size)¶: mipi_dsi_generic_write() w/ an error log

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
const void *payload: buffer containing the payload
size_t size: size of payload buffer

Description

Like mipi_dsi_generic_write() but includes a dev_err() call for you and returns 0 upon success, not the number of bytes sent.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

void mipi_dsi_generic_write_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, const void *payload, size_t size)¶: mipi_dsi_generic_write_chatty() w/ accum_err

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
const void *payload: buffer containing the payload
size_t size: size of payload buffer

Description

Like mipi_dsi_generic_write_chatty() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

ssize_t mipi_dsi_generic_read(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, const void *params, size_t num_params, void *data, size_t size)¶: receive data using a generic read packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
const void *params: buffer containing the request parameters
size_t num_params: number of request parameters
void *data: buffer in which to return the received data
size_t size: size of receive buffer

Description

This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the number of parameters passed in.

Return

The number of bytes successfully read or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, const void *data, size_t len)¶: transmit a DCS command with payload

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
const void *data: buffer containing data to be transmitted
size_t len: size of transmission buffer

Description

This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the command payload length.

Return

The number of bytes successfully transmitted or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer_chatty(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, const void *data, size_t len)¶: mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer() w/ an error log

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
const void *data: buffer containing data to be transmitted
size_t len: size of transmission buffer

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer() but includes a dev_err() call for you and returns 0 upon success, not the number of bytes sent.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, const void *data, size_t len)¶: mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer_chatty() w/ accum_err

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
const void *data: buffer containing data to be transmitted
size_t len: size of transmission buffer

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_write_buffer_chatty() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

ssize_t mipi_dsi_dcs_write(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u8 cmd, const void *data, size_t len)¶: send DCS write command

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u8 cmd: DCS command
const void *data: buffer containing the command payload
size_t len: command payload length

Description

This function will automatically choose the right data type depending on the command payload length.

Return

The number of bytes successfully transmitted or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t mipi_dsi_dcs_read(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u8 cmd, void *data, size_t len)¶: send DCS read request command

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u8 cmd: DCS command
void *data: buffer in which to receive data
size_t len: size of receive buffer

Return

The number of bytes read or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_nop(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: send DCS nop packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_nop_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_soft_reset(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: perform a software reset of the display module

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_soft_reset_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_power_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u8 *mode)¶: query the display module’s current power mode

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u8 *mode: return location for the current power mode

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_pixel_format(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u8 *format)¶: gets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u8 *format: return location for the pixel format

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_enter_sleep_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: disable all unnecessary blocks inside the display module except interface communication

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_enter_sleep_mode_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_exit_sleep_mode(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: enable all blocks inside the display module

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_exit_sleep_mode_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_off(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: stop displaying the image data on the display device

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_off_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_on(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: start displaying the image data on the display device

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_on_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_column_address(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 start, u16 end)¶: define the column extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 start: first column of frame memory
u16 end: last column of frame memory

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_column_address_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_page_address(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 start, u16 end)¶: define the page extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 start: first page of frame memory
u16 end: last page of frame memory

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_page_address_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_off(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi)¶: turn off the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_on(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode)¶: turn on the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line.

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode: the Tearing Effect Output Line mode

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_on_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_pixel_format(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u8 format)¶: sets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u8 format: pixel format

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_pixel_format_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_scanline(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 scanline)¶: set the scanline to use as trigger for the Tearing Effect output signal of the display module

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 scanline: scanline to use as trigger

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_scanline_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 brightness)¶: sets the brightness value of the display

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 brightness: brightness value

Description

This function is deprecated. Use mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness_multi() instead.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_display_brightness(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 *brightness)¶: gets the current brightness value of the display

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 *brightness: brightness value

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness_large(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 brightness)¶: sets the 16-bit brightness value of the display

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 brightness: brightness value

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int mipi_dsi_dcs_get_display_brightness_large(struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi, u16 *brightness)¶: gets the current 16-bit brightness value of the display

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_device *dsi: DSI peripheral device
u16 *brightness: brightness value

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

void mipi_dsi_picture_parameter_set_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, const struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set *pps)¶: transmit the DSC PPS to the peripheral

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
const struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set *pps: VESA DSC 1.1 Picture Parameter Set

Description

Like mipi_dsi_picture_parameter_set() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_compression_mode_ext_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, bool enable, enum mipi_dsi_compression_algo algo, unsigned int pps_selector)¶: enable/disable DSC on the peripheral

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
bool enable: Whether to enable or disable the DSC
enum mipi_dsi_compression_algo algo: Selected compression algorithm
unsigned int pps_selector: Select PPS from the table of pre-stored or uploaded PPS entries

Description

Like mipi_dsi_compression_mode_ext() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_nop_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: send DCS NOP packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_nop() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_enter_sleep_mode_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: send DCS ENTER_SLEEP_MODE packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_enter_sleep_mode() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_exit_sleep_mode_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: send DCS EXIT_SLEEP_MODE packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_exit_sleep_mode() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_off_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: send DCS SET_DISPLAY_OFF packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_off() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_on_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: send DCS SET_DISPLAY_ON packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_on() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_on_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode)¶: send DCS SET_TEAR_ON packet

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
enum mipi_dsi_dcs_tear_mode mode: the Tearing Effect Output Line mode

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_on() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_turn_on_peripheral_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: sends a Turn On Peripheral command

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_turn_on_peripheral() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_soft_reset_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx)¶: perform a software reset of the display module

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_soft_reset() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, u16 brightness)¶: sets the brightness value of the display

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
u16 brightness: brightness value

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_display_brightness() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_pixel_format_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, u8 format)¶: sets the pixel format for the RGB image data used by the interface

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
u8 format: pixel format

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_pixel_format() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_column_address_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, u16 start, u16 end)¶: define the column extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
u16 start: first column of frame memory
u16 end: last column of frame memory

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_column_address() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_page_address_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, u16 start, u16 end)¶: define the page extent of the frame memory accessed by the host processor

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
u16 start: first page of frame memory
u16 end: last page of frame memory

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_page_address() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

void mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_scanline_multi(struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx, u16 scanline)¶: set the scanline to use as trigger for the Tearing Effect output signal of the display module

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_multi_context *ctx: Context for multiple DSI transactions
u16 scanline: scanline to use as trigger

Description

Like mipi_dsi_dcs_set_tear_scanline() but deals with errors in a way that makes it convenient to make several calls in a row.

int mipi_dsi_driver_register_full(struct mipi_dsi_driver *drv, struct module *owner)¶: register a driver for DSI devices

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_driver *drv: DSI driver structure
struct module *owner: owner module

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

void mipi_dsi_driver_unregister(struct mipi_dsi_driver *drv)¶: unregister a driver for DSI devices

Parameters

struct mipi_dsi_driver *drv: DSI driver structure

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

Display Stream Compression Helper Functions Reference¶

VESA specification for DP 1.4 adds a new feature called Display Stream Compression (DSC) used to compress the pixel bits before sending it on DP/eDP/MIPI DSI interface. DSC is required to be enabled so that the existing display interfaces can support high resolutions at higher frames rates uisng the maximum available link capacity of these interfaces.

These functions contain some common logic and helpers to deal with VESA Display Stream Compression standard required for DSC on Display Port/eDP or MIPI display interfaces.

struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters¶: DSC Rate Control range parameters

Definition:

struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters {
    u8 range_min_qp;
    u8 range_max_qp;
    u8 range_bpg_offset;
};

Members

range_min_qp: Min Quantization Parameters allowed for this range
range_max_qp: Max Quantization Parameters allowed for this range
range_bpg_offset: Bits/group offset to apply to target for this group

Description

This defines different rate control parameters used by the DSC engine to compress the frame.

struct drm_dsc_config¶: Parameters required to configure DSC

Definition:

struct drm_dsc_config {
    u8 line_buf_depth;
    u8 bits_per_component;
    bool convert_rgb;
    u8 slice_count;
    u16 slice_width;
    u16 slice_height;
    bool simple_422;
    u16 pic_width;
    u16 pic_height;
    u8 rc_tgt_offset_high;
    u8 rc_tgt_offset_low;
    u16 bits_per_pixel;
    u8 rc_edge_factor;
    u8 rc_quant_incr_limit1;
    u8 rc_quant_incr_limit0;
    u16 initial_xmit_delay;
    u16 initial_dec_delay;
    bool block_pred_enable;
    u8 first_line_bpg_offset;
    u16 initial_offset;
    u16 rc_buf_thresh[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES - 1];
    struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters rc_range_params[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES];
    u16 rc_model_size;
    u8 flatness_min_qp;
    u8 flatness_max_qp;
    u8 initial_scale_value;
    u16 scale_decrement_interval;
    u16 scale_increment_interval;
    u16 nfl_bpg_offset;
    u16 slice_bpg_offset;
    u16 final_offset;
    bool vbr_enable;
    u8 mux_word_size;
    u16 slice_chunk_size;
    u16 rc_bits;
    u8 dsc_version_minor;
    u8 dsc_version_major;
    bool native_422;
    bool native_420;
    u8 second_line_bpg_offset;
    u16 nsl_bpg_offset;
    u16 second_line_offset_adj;
};

Members

line_buf_depth: Bits per component for previous reconstructed line buffer
bits_per_component: Bits per component to code (8/10/12)
convert_rgb: Flag to indicate if RGB - YCoCg conversion is needed True if RGB input, False if YCoCg input
slice_count: Number fo slices per line used by the DSC encoder
slice_width: Width of each slice in pixels
slice_height: Slice height in pixels
simple_422: True if simple 4_2_2 mode is enabled else False
pic_width: Width of the input display frame in pixels
pic_height: Vertical height of the input display frame
rc_tgt_offset_high: Offset to bits/group used by RC to determine QP adjustment
rc_tgt_offset_low: Offset to bits/group used by RC to determine QP adjustment
bits_per_pixel: Target bits per pixel with 4 fractional bits, bits_per_pixel << 4
rc_edge_factor: Factor to determine if an edge is present based on the bits produced
rc_quant_incr_limit1: Slow down incrementing once the range reaches this value
rc_quant_incr_limit0: Slow down incrementing once the range reaches this value
initial_xmit_delay: Number of pixels to delay the initial transmission
initial_dec_delay: Initial decoder delay, number of pixel times that the decoder accumulates data in its rate buffer before starting to decode and output pixels.
block_pred_enable: True if block prediction is used to code any groups within the picture. False if BP not used
first_line_bpg_offset: Number of additional bits allocated for each group on the first line of slice.
initial_offset: Value to use for RC model offset at slice start
rc_buf_thresh: Thresholds defining each of the buffer ranges
rc_range_params: Parameters for each of the RC ranges defined in struct drm_dsc_rc_range_parameters
rc_model_size: Total size of RC model
flatness_min_qp: Minimum QP where flatness information is sent
flatness_max_qp: Maximum QP where flatness information is sent
initial_scale_value: Initial value for the scale factor
scale_decrement_interval: Specifies number of group times between decrementing the scale factor at beginning of a slice.
scale_increment_interval: Number of group times between incrementing the scale factor value used at the beginning of a slice.
nfl_bpg_offset: Non first line BPG offset to be used
slice_bpg_offset: BPG offset used to enforce slice bit
final_offset: Final RC linear transformation offset value
vbr_enable: True if VBR mode is enabled, false if disabled
mux_word_size: Mux word size (in bits) for SSM mode
slice_chunk_size: The (max) size in bytes of the “chunks” that are used in slice multiplexing.
rc_bits: Rate control buffer size in bits
dsc_version_minor: DSC minor version
dsc_version_major: DSC major version
native_422: True if Native 4:2:2 supported, else false
native_420: True if Native 4:2:0 supported else false.
second_line_bpg_offset: Additional bits/grp for seconnd line of slice for native 4:2:0
nsl_bpg_offset: Num of bits deallocated for each grp that is not in second line of slice
second_line_offset_adj: Offset adjustment for second line in Native 4:2:0 mode

Description

Driver populates this structure with all the parameters required to configure the display stream compression on the source.

struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set¶: Represents 128 bytes of Picture Parameter Set

Definition:

struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set {
    u8 dsc_version;
    u8 pps_identifier;
    u8 pps_reserved;
    u8 pps_3;
    u8 pps_4;
    u8 bits_per_pixel_low;
    __be16 pic_height;
    __be16 pic_width;
    __be16 slice_height;
    __be16 slice_width;
    __be16 chunk_size;
    u8 initial_xmit_delay_high;
    u8 initial_xmit_delay_low;
    __be16 initial_dec_delay;
    u8 pps20_reserved;
    u8 initial_scale_value;
    __be16 scale_increment_interval;
    u8 scale_decrement_interval_high;
    u8 scale_decrement_interval_low;
    u8 pps26_reserved;
    u8 first_line_bpg_offset;
    __be16 nfl_bpg_offset;
    __be16 slice_bpg_offset;
    __be16 initial_offset;
    __be16 final_offset;
    u8 flatness_min_qp;
    u8 flatness_max_qp;
    __be16 rc_model_size;
    u8 rc_edge_factor;
    u8 rc_quant_incr_limit0;
    u8 rc_quant_incr_limit1;
    u8 rc_tgt_offset;
    u8 rc_buf_thresh[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES - 1];
    __be16 rc_range_parameters[DSC_NUM_BUF_RANGES];
    u8 native_422_420;
    u8 second_line_bpg_offset;
    __be16 nsl_bpg_offset;
    __be16 second_line_offset_adj;
    u32 pps_long_94_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_98_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_102_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_106_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_110_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_114_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_118_reserved;
    u32 pps_long_122_reserved;
    __be16 pps_short_126_reserved;
};

Members

dsc_version: PPS0[3:0] - dsc_version_minor: Contains Minor version of DSC PPS0[7:4] - dsc_version_major: Contains major version of DSC
pps_identifier: PPS1[7:0] - Application specific identifier that can be used to differentiate between different PPS tables.
pps_reserved: PPS2[7:0]- RESERVED Byte
pps_3: PPS3[3:0] - linebuf_depth: Contains linebuffer bit depth used to generate the bitstream. (0x0 - 16 bits for DSC 1.2, 0x8 - 8 bits, 0xA - 10 bits, 0xB - 11 bits, 0xC - 12 bits, 0xD - 13 bits, 0xE - 14 bits for DSC1.2, 0xF - 14 bits for DSC 1.2. PPS3[7:4] - bits_per_component: Bits per component for the original pixels of the encoded picture. 0x0 = 16bpc (allowed only when dsc_version_minor = 0x2) 0x8 = 8bpc, 0xA = 10bpc, 0xC = 12bpc, 0xE = 14bpc (also allowed only when dsc_minor_version = 0x2)
pps_4: PPS4[1:0] -These are the most significant 2 bits of compressed BPP bits_per_pixel[9:0] syntax element. PPS4[2] - vbr_enable: 0 = VBR disabled, 1 = VBR enabled PPS4[3] - simple_422: Indicates if decoder drops samples to reconstruct the 4:2:2 picture. PPS4[4] - Convert_rgb: Indicates if DSC color space conversion is active. PPS4[5] - blobk_pred_enable: Indicates if BP is used to code any groups in picture PPS4[7:6] - Reseved bits
bits_per_pixel_low: PPS5[7:0] - This indicates the lower significant 8 bits of the compressed BPP bits_per_pixel[9:0] element.
pic_height: PPS6[7:0], PPS7[7:0] -pic_height: Specifies the number of pixel rows within the raster.
pic_width: PPS8[7:0], PPS9[7:0] - pic_width: Number of pixel columns within the raster.
slice_height: PPS10[7:0], PPS11[7:0] - Slice height in units of pixels.
slice_width: PPS12[7:0], PPS13[7:0] - Slice width in terms of pixels.
chunk_size: PPS14[7:0], PPS15[7:0] - Size in units of bytes of the chunks that are used for slice multiplexing.
initial_xmit_delay_high: PPS16[1:0] - Most Significant two bits of initial transmission delay. It specifies the number of pixel times that the encoder waits before transmitting data from its rate buffer. PPS16[7:2] - Reserved
initial_xmit_delay_low: PPS17[7:0] - Least significant 8 bits of initial transmission delay.
initial_dec_delay: PPS18[7:0], PPS19[7:0] - Initial decoding delay which is the number of pixel times that the decoder accumulates data in its rate buffer before starting to decode and output pixels.
pps20_reserved: PPS20[7:0] - Reserved
initial_scale_value: PPS21[5:0] - Initial rcXformScale factor used at beginning of a slice. PPS21[7:6] - Reserved
scale_increment_interval: PPS22[7:0], PPS23[7:0] - Number of group times between incrementing the rcXformScale factor at end of a slice.
scale_decrement_interval_high: PPS24[3:0] - Higher 4 bits indicating number of group times between decrementing the rcXformScale factor at beginning of a slice. PPS24[7:4] - Reserved
scale_decrement_interval_low: PPS25[7:0] - Lower 8 bits of scale decrement interval
pps26_reserved: PPS26[7:0]
first_line_bpg_offset: PPS27[4:0] - Number of additional bits that are allocated for each group on first line of a slice. PPS27[7:5] - Reserved
nfl_bpg_offset: PPS28[7:0], PPS29[7:0] - Number of bits including frac bits deallocated for each group for groups after the first line of slice.
slice_bpg_offset: PPS30, PPS31[7:0] - Number of bits that are deallocated for each group to enforce the slice constraint.
initial_offset: PPS32,33[7:0] - Initial value for rcXformOffset
final_offset: PPS34,35[7:0] - Maximum end-of-slice value for rcXformOffset
flatness_min_qp: PPS36[4:0] - Minimum QP at which flatness is signaled and flatness QP adjustment is made. PPS36[7:5] - Reserved
flatness_max_qp: PPS37[4:0] - Max QP at which flatness is signalled and the flatness adjustment is made. PPS37[7:5] - Reserved
rc_model_size: PPS38,39[7:0] - Number of bits within RC Model.
rc_edge_factor: PPS40[3:0] - Ratio of current activity vs, previous activity to determine presence of edge. PPS40[7:4] - Reserved
rc_quant_incr_limit0: PPS41[4:0] - QP threshold used in short term RC PPS41[7:5] - Reserved
rc_quant_incr_limit1: PPS42[4:0] - QP threshold used in short term RC PPS42[7:5] - Reserved
rc_tgt_offset: PPS43[3:0] - Lower end of the variability range around the target bits per group that is allowed by short term RC. PPS43[7:4]- Upper end of the variability range around the target bits per group that i allowed by short term rc.
rc_buf_thresh: PPS44[7:0] - PPS57[7:0] - Specifies the thresholds in RC model for the 15 ranges defined by 14 thresholds.
rc_range_parameters: PPS58[7:0] - PPS87[7:0] Parameters that correspond to each of the 15 ranges.
native_422_420: PPS88[0] - 0 = Native 4:2:2 not used 1 = Native 4:2:2 used PPS88[1] - 0 = Native 4:2:0 not use 1 = Native 4:2:0 used PPS88[7:2] - Reserved 6 bits
second_line_bpg_offset: PPS89[4:0] - Additional bits/group budget for the second line of a slice in Native 4:2:0 mode. Set to 0 if DSC minor version is 1 or native420 is 0. PPS89[7:5] - Reserved
nsl_bpg_offset: PPS90[7:0], PPS91[7:0] - Number of bits that are deallocated for each group that is not in the second line of a slice.
second_line_offset_adj: PPS92[7:0], PPS93[7:0] - Used as offset adjustment for the second line in Native 4:2:0 mode.
pps_long_94_reserved: PPS 94, 95, 96, 97 - Reserved
pps_long_98_reserved: PPS 98, 99, 100, 101 - Reserved
pps_long_102_reserved: PPS 102, 103, 104, 105 - Reserved
pps_long_106_reserved: PPS 106, 107, 108, 109 - reserved
pps_long_110_reserved: PPS 110, 111, 112, 113 - reserved
pps_long_114_reserved: PPS 114 - 117 - reserved
pps_long_118_reserved: PPS 118 - 121 - reserved
pps_long_122_reserved: PPS 122- 125 - reserved
pps_short_126_reserved: PPS 126, 127 - reserved

Description

The VESA DSC standard defines picture parameter set (PPS) which display stream compression encoders must communicate to decoders. The PPS is encapsulated in 128 bytes (PPS 0 through PPS 127). The fields in this structure are as per Table 4.1 in Vesa DSC specification v1.1/v1.2. The PPS fields that span over more than a byte should be stored in Big Endian format.

struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe¶: DSC infoframe carrying the Picture Parameter Set Metadata

Definition:

struct drm_dsc_pps_infoframe {
    struct dp_sdp_header pps_header;
    struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set pps_payload;
};

Members

pps_header: Header for PPS as per DP SDP header format of type struct dp_sdp_header
pps_payload: PPS payload fields as per DSC specification Table 4-1 as represented in struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set

Description

This structure represents the DSC PPS infoframe required to send the Picture Parameter Set metadata required before enabling VESA Display Stream Compression. This is based on the DP Secondary Data Packet structure and comprises of SDP Header as defined struct dp_sdp_header in drm_dp_helper.h and PPS payload defined in struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set.

void drm_dsc_dp_pps_header_init(struct dp_sdp_header *pps_header)¶: Initializes the PPS Header for DisplayPort as per the DP 1.4 spec.

Parameters

struct dp_sdp_header *pps_header: Secondary data packet header for DSC Picture Parameter Set as defined in struct dp_sdp_header

Description

DP 1.4 spec defines the secondary data packet for sending the picture parameter infoframes from the source to the sink. This function populates the SDP header defined in struct dp_sdp_header.

int drm_dsc_dp_rc_buffer_size(u8 rc_buffer_block_size, u8 rc_buffer_size)¶: get rc buffer size in bytes

Parameters

u8 rc_buffer_block_size: block size code, according to DPCD offset 62h
u8 rc_buffer_size: number of blocks - 1, according to DPCD offset 63h

Return

buffer size in bytes, or 0 on invalid input

void drm_dsc_pps_payload_pack(struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set *pps_payload, const struct drm_dsc_config *dsc_cfg)¶: Populates the DSC PPS

Parameters

struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set *pps_payload

Bitwise struct for DSC Picture Parameter Set. This is defined by struct drm_dsc_picture_parameter_set

const struct drm_dsc_config *dsc_cfg

DSC Configuration data filled by driver as defined by struct drm_dsc_config

Description

DSC source device sends a picture parameter set (PPS) containing the information required by the sink to decode the compressed frame. Driver populates the DSC PPS struct using the DSC configuration parameters in the order expected by the DSC Display Sink device. For the DSC, the sink device expects the PPS payload in big endian format for fields that span more than 1 byte.

void drm_dsc_set_const_params(struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg)¶: Set DSC parameters considered typically constant across operation modes

Parameters

struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg

DSC Configuration data partially filled by driver

void drm_dsc_set_rc_buf_thresh(struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg)¶: Set thresholds for the RC model in accordance with the DSC 1.2 specification.

Parameters

struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg: DSC Configuration data partially filled by driver

int drm_dsc_setup_rc_params(struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg, enum drm_dsc_params_type type)¶: Set parameters and limits for RC model in accordance with the DSC 1.1 or 1.2 specification and DSC C Model Required bits_per_pixel and bits_per_component to be set before calling this function.

Parameters

struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg: DSC Configuration data partially filled by driver
enum drm_dsc_params_type type: operating mode and standard to follow

Return

0 or -error code in case of an error

int drm_dsc_compute_rc_parameters(struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg)¶: Write rate control parameters to the dsc configuration defined in struct drm_dsc_config in accordance with the DSC 1.2 specification. Some configuration fields must be present beforehand.

Parameters

struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg

DSC Configuration data partially filled by driver

u32 drm_dsc_get_bpp_int(const struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg)¶: Get integer bits per pixel value for the given DRM DSC config

Parameters

const struct drm_dsc_config *vdsc_cfg: Pointer to DRM DSC config struct

Return

Integer BPP value

u8 drm_dsc_initial_scale_value(const struct drm_dsc_config *dsc)¶: Calculate the initial scale value for the given DSC config

Parameters

const struct drm_dsc_config *dsc: Pointer to DRM DSC config struct

Return

Calculated initial scale value

u32 drm_dsc_flatness_det_thresh(const struct drm_dsc_config *dsc)¶: Calculate the flatness_det_thresh for the given DSC config

Parameters

const struct drm_dsc_config *dsc: Pointer to DRM DSC config struct

Return

Calculated flatness det thresh value

void drm_dsc_dump_config(struct drm_printer *p, int indent, const struct drm_dsc_config *cfg)¶: Dump the provided DSC configuration

Parameters

struct drm_printer *p: The printer used for output
int indent: Tab indentation level (max 5)
const struct drm_dsc_config *cfg: DSC configuration to print

Description

Print the provided DSC configuration in cfg.

Output Probing Helper Functions Reference¶

This library provides some helper code for output probing. It provides an implementation of the core drm_connector_funcs.fill_modes interface with drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes().

It also provides support for polling connectors with a work item and for generic hotplug interrupt handling where the driver doesn’t or cannot keep track of a per-connector hpd interrupt.

This helper library can be used independently of the modeset helper library. Drivers can also overwrite different parts e.g. use their own hotplug handling code to avoid probing unrelated outputs.

The probe helpers share the function table structures with other display helper libraries. See struct drm_connector_helper_funcs for the details.

void drm_kms_helper_poll_enable(struct drm_device *dev)¶: re-enable output polling.

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

Description

This function re-enables the output polling work, after it has been temporarily disabled using drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(), for example over suspend/resume.

Drivers can call this helper from their device resume implementation. It is not an error to call this even when output polling isn’t enabled.

If device polling was never initialized before, this call will trigger a warning and return.

Note that calls to enable and disable polling must be strictly ordered, which is automatically the case when they’re only call from suspend/resume callbacks.

void drm_kms_helper_poll_reschedule(struct drm_device *dev)¶: reschedule the output polling work

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

Description

This function reschedules the output polling work, after polling for a connector has been enabled.

Drivers must call this helper after enabling polling for a connector by setting DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT / DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flags in drm_connector::polled. Note that after disabling polling by clearing these flags for a connector will stop the output polling work automatically if the polling is disabled for all other connectors as well.

The function can be called only after polling has been enabled by calling drm_kms_helper_poll_init() / drm_kms_helper_poll_enable().

int drm_helper_probe_detect(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, bool force)¶: probe connector status

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector to probe
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: acquire_ctx, or NULL to let this function handle locking.
bool force: Whether destructive probe operations should be performed.

Description

This function calls the detect callbacks of the connector. This function returns drm_connector_status, or if ctx is set, it might also return -EDEADLK.

int drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes(struct drm_connector *connector, uint32_t maxX, uint32_t maxY)¶: get complete set of display modes

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector to probe
uint32_t maxX: max width for modes
uint32_t maxY: max height for modes

Description

Based on the helper callbacks implemented by connector in struct drm_connector_helper_funcs try to detect all valid modes. Modes will first be added to the connector’s probed_modes list, then culled (based on validity and the maxX, maxY parameters) and put into the normal modes list.

Intended to be used as a generic implementation of the drm_connector_funcs.fill_modes() vfunc for drivers that use the CRTC helpers for output mode filtering and detection.

The basic procedure is as follows

All modes currently on the connector’s modes list are marked as stale
New modes are added to the connector’s probed_modes list with drm_mode_probed_add(). New modes start their life with status as OK. Modes are added from a single source using the following priority order.
- drm_connector_helper_funcs.get_modes vfunc
- if the connector status is connector_status_connected, standard VESA DMT modes up to 1024x768 are automatically added (drm_add_modes_noedid())
Finally modes specified via the kernel command line (video=...) are added in addition to what the earlier probes produced (drm_helper_probe_add_cmdline_mode()). These modes are generated using the VESA GTF/CVT formulas.
Modes are moved from the probed_modes list to the modes list. Potential duplicates are merged together (see drm_connector_list_update()). After this step the probed_modes list will be empty again.
Any non-stale mode on the modes list then undergoes validation
- drm_mode_validate_basic() performs basic sanity checks
- drm_mode_validate_size() filters out modes larger than maxX and maxY (if specified)
- drm_mode_validate_flag() checks the modes against basic connector capabilities (interlace_allowed,doublescan_allowed,stereo_allowed)
- the optional drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid or drm_connector_helper_funcs.mode_valid_ctx helpers can perform driver and/or sink specific checks
- the optional drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_valid, drm_bridge_funcs.mode_valid and drm_encoder_helper_funcs.mode_valid helpers can perform driver and/or source specific checks which are also enforced by the modeset/atomic helpers
Any mode whose status is not OK is pruned from the connector’s modes list, accompanied by a debug message indicating the reason for the mode’s rejection (see drm_mode_prune_invalid()).

Return

The number of modes found on connector.

void drm_kms_helper_hotplug_event(struct drm_device *dev)¶: fire off KMS hotplug events

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device whose connector state changed

Description

This function fires off the uevent for userspace and also calls the client hotplug function, which is most commonly used to inform the fbdev emulation code and allow it to update the fbcon output configuration.

Drivers should call this from their hotplug handling code when a change is detected. Note that this function does not do any output detection of its own, like drm_helper_hpd_irq_event() does - this is assumed to be done by the driver already.

This function must be called from process context with no mode setting locks held.

If only a single connector has changed, consider calling drm_kms_helper_connector_hotplug_event() instead.

void drm_kms_helper_connector_hotplug_event(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: fire off a KMS connector hotplug event

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm_connector which has changed

Description

This is the same as drm_kms_helper_hotplug_event(), except it fires a more fine-grained uevent for a single connector.

bool drm_kms_helper_is_poll_worker(void)¶: is current task an output poll worker?

Parameters

void: no arguments

Description

Determine if current task is an output poll worker. This can be used to select distinct code paths for output polling versus other contexts.

One use case is to avoid a deadlock between the output poll worker and the autosuspend worker wherein the latter waits for polling to finish upon calling drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(), while the former waits for runtime suspend to finish upon calling pm_runtime_get_sync() in a connector ->detect hook.

void drm_kms_helper_poll_disable(struct drm_device *dev)¶: disable output polling

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

Description

This function disables the output polling work.

Drivers can call this helper from their device suspend implementation. It is not an error to call this even when output polling isn’t enabled or already disabled. Polling is re-enabled by calling drm_kms_helper_poll_enable().

If however, the polling was never initialized, this call will trigger a warning and return.

Note that calls to enable and disable polling must be strictly ordered, which is automatically the case when they’re only call from suspend/resume callbacks.

void drm_kms_helper_poll_init(struct drm_device *dev)¶: initialize and enable output polling

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

Description

This function initializes and then also enables output polling support for dev. Drivers which do not have reliable hotplug support in hardware can use this helper infrastructure to regularly poll such connectors for changes in their connection state.

Drivers can control which connectors are polled by setting the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_CONNECT and DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flags. On connectors where probing live outputs can result in visual distortion drivers should not set the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_DISCONNECT flag to avoid this. Connectors which have no flag or only DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD set are completely ignored by the polling logic.

Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler, in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.

void drm_kms_helper_poll_fini(struct drm_device *dev)¶: disable output polling and clean it up

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

int drmm_kms_helper_poll_init(struct drm_device *dev)¶: initialize and enable output polling

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

Description

This function initializes and then also enables output polling support for dev similar to drm_kms_helper_poll_init(). Polling will automatically be cleaned up when the DRM device goes away.

See drm_kms_helper_poll_init() for more information.

Return

0 on success, or a negative errno code otherwise.

bool drm_connector_helper_hpd_irq_event(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: hotplug processing

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm_connector

Description

Drivers can use this helper function to run a detect cycle on a connector which has the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD flag set in its polled member.

This helper function is useful for drivers which can track hotplug interrupts for a single connector. Drivers that want to send a hotplug event for all connectors or can’t track hotplug interrupts per connector need to use drm_helper_hpd_irq_event().

This function must be called from process context with no mode setting locks held.

Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler, in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.

Return

A boolean indicating whether the connector status changed or not

bool drm_helper_hpd_irq_event(struct drm_device *dev)¶: hotplug processing

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device

Description

Drivers can use this helper function to run a detect cycle on all connectors which have the DRM_CONNECTOR_POLL_HPD flag set in their polled member. All other connectors are ignored, which is useful to avoid reprobing fixed panels.

This helper function is useful for drivers which can’t or don’t track hotplug interrupts for each connector.

Drivers which support hotplug interrupts for each connector individually and which have a more fine-grained detect logic can use drm_connector_helper_hpd_irq_event(). Alternatively, they should bypass this code and directly call drm_kms_helper_hotplug_event() in case the connector state changed.

This function must be called from process context with no mode setting locks held.

Note that a connector can be both polled and probed from the hotplug handler, in case the hotplug interrupt is known to be unreliable.

Return

A boolean indicating whether the connector status changed or not

enum drm_mode_status drm_crtc_helper_mode_valid_fixed(struct drm_crtc *crtc, const struct drm_display_mode *mode, const struct drm_display_mode *fixed_mode)¶: Validates a display mode

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: the crtc
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: the mode to validate
const struct drm_display_mode *fixed_mode: the display hardware’s mode

Return

MODE_OK on success, or another mode-status code otherwise.

int drm_connector_helper_get_modes_fixed(struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_display_mode *fixed_mode)¶: Duplicates a display mode for a connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: the connector
const struct drm_display_mode *fixed_mode: the display hardware’s mode

Description

This function duplicates a display modes for a connector. Drivers for hardware that only supports a single fixed mode can use this function in their connector’s get_modes helper.

Return

The number of created modes.

int drm_connector_helper_get_modes(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Read EDID and update connector.

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The connector

Description

Read the EDID using drm_edid_read() (which requires that connector->ddc is set), and update the connector using the EDID.

This can be used as the “default” connector helper .get_modes() hook if the driver does not need any special processing. This is sets the example what custom .get_modes() hooks should do regarding EDID read and connector update.

Return

Number of modes.

int drm_connector_helper_tv_get_modes(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Fills the modes availables to a TV connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The connector

Description

Fills the available modes for a TV connector based on the supported TV modes, and the default mode expressed by the kernel command line.

This can be used as the default TV connector helper .get_modes() hook if the driver does not need any special processing.

Return

The number of modes added to the connector.

int drm_connector_helper_detect_from_ddc(struct drm_connector *connector, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx, bool force)¶: Read EDID and detect connector status.

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: The connector
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: Acquire context
bool force: Perform screen-destructive operations, if necessary

Description

Detects the connector status by reading the EDID using drm_probe_ddc(), which requires connector->ddc to be set. Returns connector_status_connected on success or connector_status_disconnected on failure.

Return

The connector status as defined by enum drm_connector_status.

EDID Helper Functions Reference¶

const char *drm_edid_decode_mfg_id(u16 mfg_id, char vend[4])¶: Decode the manufacturer ID

Parameters

u16 mfg_id: The manufacturer ID
char vend[4]: A 4-byte buffer to store the 3-letter vendor string plus a ‘0’ termination

drm_edid_encode_panel_id¶

drm_edid_encode_panel_id (vend_chr_0, vend_chr_1, vend_chr_2, product_id)

Encode an ID for matching against drm_edid_get_panel_id()

Parameters

vend_chr_0: First character of the vendor string.
vend_chr_1: Second character of the vendor string.
vend_chr_2: Third character of the vendor string.
product_id: The 16-bit product ID.

Description

This is a macro so that it can be calculated at compile time and used as an initializer.

For instance:: drm_edid_encode_panel_id(‘B’, ‘O’, ‘E’, 0x2d08) => 0x09e52d08

Return

a 32-bit ID per panel.

void drm_edid_decode_panel_id(u32 panel_id, char vend[4], u16 *product_id)¶: Decode a panel ID from drm_edid_encode_panel_id()

Parameters

u32 panel_id: The panel ID to decode.
char vend[4]: A 4-byte buffer to store the 3-letter vendor string plus a ‘0’ termination
u16 *product_id: The product ID will be returned here.

Description

For instance, after:: drm_edid_decode_panel_id(0x09e52d08, vend, product_id)
These will be true:: vend[0] = ‘B’ vend[1] = ‘O’ vend[2] = ‘E’ vend[3] = ‘0’ product_id = 0x2d08

int drm_edid_header_is_valid(const void *_edid)¶: sanity check the header of the base EDID block

Parameters

const void *_edid: pointer to raw base EDID block

Description

Sanity check the header of the base EDID block.

Return

8 if the header is perfect, down to 0 if it’s totally wrong.

bool drm_edid_is_valid(struct edid *edid)¶: sanity check EDID data

Parameters

struct edid *edid: EDID data

Description

Sanity-check an entire EDID record (including extensions)

Return

True if the EDID data is valid, false otherwise.

bool drm_edid_valid(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: sanity check EDID data

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID data

Description

Sanity check an EDID. Cross check block count against allocated size and checksum the blocks.

Return

True if the EDID data is valid, false otherwise.

int drm_edid_override_connector_update(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: add modes from override/firmware EDID

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector we’re probing

Description

Add modes from the override/firmware EDID, if available. Only to be used from drm_helper_probe_single_connector_modes() as a fallback for when DDC probe failed during drm_get_edid() and caused the override/firmware EDID to be skipped.

Return

The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.

const struct edid *drm_edid_raw(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: Get a pointer to the raw EDID data.

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: drm_edid container

Description

Get a pointer to the raw EDID data.

This is for transition only. Avoid using this like the plague.

Return

Pointer to raw EDID data.

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_alloc(const void *edid, size_t size)¶: Allocate a new drm_edid container

Parameters

const void *edid: Pointer to raw EDID data
size_t size: Size of memory allocated for EDID

Description

Allocate a new drm_edid container. Do not calculate edid size from edid, pass the actual size that has been allocated for the data. There is no validation of the raw EDID data against the size, but at least the EDID base block must fit in the buffer.

The returned pointer must be freed using drm_edid_free().

Return

drm_edid container, or NULL on errors

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_dup(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: Duplicate a drm_edid container

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID to duplicate

Description

The returned pointer must be freed using drm_edid_free().

Return

drm_edid container copy, or NULL on errors

void drm_edid_free(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: Free the drm_edid container

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID to free

bool drm_probe_ddc(struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: probe DDC presence

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter to probe

Return

True on success, false on failure.

struct edid *drm_get_edid(struct drm_connector *connector, struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: get EDID data, if available

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector we’re probing
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter to use for DDC

Description

Poke the given I2C channel to grab EDID data if possible. If found, attach it to the connector.

Return

Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_read_custom(struct drm_connector *connector, read_block_fn read_block, void *context)¶: Read EDID data using given EDID block read function

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: Connector to use
read_block_fn read_block: EDID block read function
void *context: Private data passed to the block read function

Description

When the I2C adapter connected to the DDC bus is hidden behind a device that exposes a different interface to read EDID blocks this function can be used to get EDID data using a custom block read function.

As in the general case the DDC bus is accessible by the kernel at the I2C level, drivers must make all reasonable efforts to expose it as an I2C adapter and use drm_edid_read() or drm_edid_read_ddc() instead of abusing this function.

The EDID may be overridden using debugfs override_edid or firmware EDID (drm_edid_load_firmware() and drm.edid_firmware parameter), in this priority order. Having either of them bypasses actual EDID reads.

The returned pointer must be freed using drm_edid_free().

Return

Pointer to EDID, or NULL if probe/read failed.

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_read_ddc(struct drm_connector *connector, struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: Read EDID data using given I2C adapter

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: Connector to use
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter to use for DDC

Description

Read EDID using the given I2C adapter.

The EDID may be overridden using debugfs override_edid or firmware EDID (drm_edid_load_firmware() and drm.edid_firmware parameter), in this priority order. Having either of them bypasses actual EDID reads.

Prefer initializing connector->ddc with drm_connector_init_with_ddc() and using drm_edid_read() instead of this function.

The returned pointer must be freed using drm_edid_free().

Return

Pointer to EDID, or NULL if probe/read failed.

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_read(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Read EDID data using connector’s I2C adapter

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: Connector to use

Description

Read EDID using the connector’s I2C adapter.

The EDID may be overridden using debugfs override_edid or firmware EDID (drm_edid_load_firmware() and drm.edid_firmware parameter), in this priority order. Having either of them bypasses actual EDID reads.

The returned pointer must be freed using drm_edid_free().

Return

Pointer to EDID, or NULL if probe/read failed.

void drm_edid_get_product_id(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid, struct drm_edid_product_id *id)¶: Get the vendor and product identification

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID
struct drm_edid_product_id *id: Where to place the product id

void drm_edid_print_product_id(struct drm_printer *p, const struct drm_edid_product_id *id, bool raw)¶: Print decoded product id to printer

Parameters

struct drm_printer *p: drm printer
const struct drm_edid_product_id *id: EDID product id
bool raw: If true, also print the raw hex

Description

See VESA E-EDID 1.4 section 3.4.

u32 drm_edid_get_panel_id(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: Get a panel’s ID from EDID

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID that contains panel ID.

Description

This function uses the first block of the EDID of a panel and (assuming that the EDID is valid) extracts the ID out of it. The ID is a 32-bit value (16 bits of manufacturer ID and 16 bits of per-manufacturer ID) that’s supposed to be different for each different modem of panel.

Return

A 32-bit ID that should be different for each make/model of panel.: See the functions drm_edid_encode_panel_id() and drm_edid_decode_panel_id() for some details on the structure of this ID. Return 0 if the EDID size is less than a base block.

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_read_base_block(struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: Get a panel’s EDID base block

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter to use for DDC

Description

This function returns the drm_edid containing the first block of the EDID of a panel.

This function is intended to be used during early probing on devices where more than one panel might be present. Because of its intended use it must assume that the EDID of the panel is correct, at least as far as the base block is concerned (in other words, we don’t process any overrides here).

Caller should call drm_edid_free() after use.

WARNING: Only use this function when the connector is unknown. For example, during the early probe of panel. The EDID read from the function is temporary and should be replaced by the full EDID returned from other drm_edid_read.

NOTE

it’s expected that this function and drm_do_get_edid() will both be read the EDID, but there is no caching between them. Since we’re only reading the first block, hopefully this extra overhead won’t be too big.

Return

Pointer to allocated EDID base block, or NULL on any failure.

struct edid *drm_get_edid_switcheroo(struct drm_connector *connector, struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: get EDID data for a vga_switcheroo output

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector we’re probing
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter to use for DDC

Description

Wrapper around drm_get_edid() for laptops with dual GPUs using one set of outputs. The wrapper adds the requisite vga_switcheroo calls to temporarily switch DDC to the GPU which is retrieving EDID.

Return

Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid_read_switcheroo(struct drm_connector *connector, struct i2c_adapter *adapter)¶: get EDID data for a vga_switcheroo output

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector we’re probing
struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter to use for DDC

Description

Wrapper around drm_edid_read_ddc() for laptops with dual GPUs using one set of outputs. The wrapper adds the requisite vga_switcheroo calls to temporarily switch DDC to the GPU which is retrieving EDID.

Return

Pointer to valid EDID or NULL if we couldn’t find any.

struct edid *drm_edid_duplicate(const struct edid *edid)¶: duplicate an EDID and the extensions

Parameters

const struct edid *edid: EDID to duplicate

Return

Pointer to duplicated EDID or NULL on allocation failure.

u8 drm_match_cea_mode(const struct drm_display_mode *to_match)¶: look for a CEA mode matching given mode

Parameters

const struct drm_display_mode *to_match: display mode

Return

The CEA Video ID (VIC) of the mode or 0 if it isn’t a CEA-861 mode.

struct drm_display_mode *drm_display_mode_from_cea_vic(struct drm_device *dev, u8 video_code)¶: return a mode for CEA VIC

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
u8 video_code: CEA VIC of the mode

Description

Creates a new mode matching the specified CEA VIC.

Return

A new drm_display_mode on success or NULL on failure

bool drm_edid_match(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid, const struct drm_edid_ident *ident)¶: match drm_edid with given identity

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID
const struct drm_edid_ident *ident: the EDID identity to match with

Description

Check if the EDID matches with the given identity.

Return

True if the given identity matched with EDID, false otherwise.

void drm_edid_get_monitor_name(const struct edid *edid, char *name, int bufsize)¶: fetch the monitor name from the edid

Parameters

const struct edid *edid: monitor EDID information
char *name: pointer to a character array to hold the name of the monitor
int bufsize: The size of the name buffer (should be at least 14 chars.)

int drm_edid_to_sad(const struct edid *edid, struct cea_sad **sads)¶: extracts SADs from EDID

Parameters

const struct edid *edid: EDID to parse
struct cea_sad **sads: pointer that will be set to the extracted SADs

Description

Looks for CEA EDID block and extracts SADs (Short Audio Descriptors) from it.

Note

The returned pointer needs to be freed using kfree().

Return

The number of found SADs or negative number on error.

int drm_edid_to_speaker_allocation(const struct edid *edid, u8 **sadb)¶: extracts Speaker Allocation Data Blocks from EDID

Parameters

const struct edid *edid: EDID to parse
u8 **sadb: pointer to the speaker block

Description

Looks for CEA EDID block and extracts the Speaker Allocation Data Block from it.

Note

The returned pointer needs to be freed using kfree().

Return

The number of found Speaker Allocation Blocks or negative number on error.

int drm_av_sync_delay(struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_display_mode *mode)¶: compute the HDMI/DP sink audio-video sync delay

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector associated with the HDMI/DP sink
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: the display mode

Return

The HDMI/DP sink’s audio-video sync delay in milliseconds or 0 if the sink doesn’t support audio or video.

bool drm_detect_hdmi_monitor(const struct edid *edid)¶: detect whether monitor is HDMI

Parameters

const struct edid *edid: monitor EDID information

Description

Parse the CEA extension according to CEA-861-B.

Drivers that have added the modes parsed from EDID to drm_display_info should use drm_display_info.is_hdmi instead of calling this function.

Return

True if the monitor is HDMI, false if not or unknown.

bool drm_detect_monitor_audio(const struct edid *edid)¶: check monitor audio capability

Parameters

const struct edid *edid: EDID block to scan

Description

Monitor should have CEA extension block. If monitor has ‘basic audio’, but no CEA audio blocks, it’s ‘basic audio’ only. If there is any audio extension block and supported audio format, assume at least ‘basic audio’ support, even if ‘basic audio’ is not defined in EDID.

Return

True if the monitor supports audio, false otherwise.

enum hdmi_quantization_range drm_default_rgb_quant_range(const struct drm_display_mode *mode)¶: default RGB quantization range

Parameters

const struct drm_display_mode *mode: display mode

Description

Determine the default RGB quantization range for the mode, as specified in CEA-861.

Return

The default RGB quantization range for the mode

int drm_edid_connector_update(struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: Update connector information from EDID

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: Connector
const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: EDID

Description

Update the connector display info, ELD, HDR metadata, relevant properties, etc. from the passed in EDID.

If EDID is NULL, reset the information.

Must be called before calling drm_edid_connector_add_modes().

Return

0 on success, negative error on errors.

int drm_edid_connector_add_modes(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: Update probed modes from the EDID property

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: Connector

Description

Add the modes from the previously updated EDID property to the connector probed modes list.

drm_edid_connector_update() must have been called before this to update the EDID property.

Return

The number of modes added, or 0 if we couldn’t find any.

int drm_connector_update_edid_property(struct drm_connector *connector, const struct edid *edid)¶: update the edid property of a connector

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: drm connector
const struct edid *edid: new value of the edid property

Description

This function creates a new blob modeset object and assigns its id to the connector’s edid property. Since we also parse tile information from EDID’s displayID block, we also set the connector’s tile property here. See drm_connector_set_tile_property() for more details.

This function is deprecated. Use drm_edid_connector_update() instead.

Return

Zero on success, negative errno on failure.

int drm_add_edid_modes(struct drm_connector *connector, struct edid *edid)¶: add modes from EDID data, if available

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector we’re probing
struct edid *edid: EDID data

Description

Add the specified modes to the connector’s mode list. Also fills out the drm_display_info structure and ELD in connector with any information which can be derived from the edid.

This function is deprecated. Use drm_edid_connector_add_modes() instead.

Return

The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.

int drm_add_modes_noedid(struct drm_connector *connector, int hdisplay, int vdisplay)¶: add modes for the connectors without EDID

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector we’re probing
int hdisplay: the horizontal display limit
int vdisplay: the vertical display limit

Description

Add the specified modes to the connector’s mode list. Only when the hdisplay/vdisplay is not beyond the given limit, it will be added.

Return

The number of modes added or 0 if we couldn’t find any.

int drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_from_display_mode(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame, const struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_display_mode *mode)¶: fill an HDMI AVI infoframe with data from a DRM display mode

Parameters

struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame: HDMI AVI infoframe
const struct drm_connector *connector: the connector
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: DRM display mode

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

void drm_hdmi_avi_infoframe_quant_range(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame, const struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_display_mode *mode, enum hdmi_quantization_range rgb_quant_range)¶: fill the HDMI AVI infoframe quantization range information

Parameters

struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame: HDMI AVI infoframe
const struct drm_connector *connector: the connector
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: DRM display mode
enum hdmi_quantization_range rgb_quant_range: RGB quantization range (Q)

int drm_hdmi_vendor_infoframe_from_display_mode(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame, const struct drm_connector *connector, const struct drm_display_mode *mode)¶: fill an HDMI infoframe with data from a DRM display mode

Parameters

struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame: HDMI vendor infoframe
const struct drm_connector *connector: the connector
const struct drm_display_mode *mode: DRM display mode

Description

Note that there’s is a need to send HDMI vendor infoframes only when using a 4k or stereoscopic 3D mode. So when giving any other mode as input this function will return -EINVAL, error that can be safely ignored.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

bool drm_edid_is_digital(const struct drm_edid *drm_edid)¶: is digital?

Parameters

const struct drm_edid *drm_edid: The EDID

Description

Return true if input is digital.

int drm_eld_mnl(const u8 *eld)¶: Get ELD monitor name length in bytes.

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to an eld memory structure with mnl set

const u8 *drm_eld_sad(const u8 *eld)¶: Get ELD SAD structures.

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to an eld memory structure with sad_count set

int drm_eld_sad_count(const u8 *eld)¶: Get ELD SAD count.

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to an eld memory structure with sad_count set

int drm_eld_calc_baseline_block_size(const u8 *eld)¶: Calculate baseline block size in bytes

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to an eld memory structure with mnl and sad_count set

Description

This is a helper for determining the payload size of the baseline block, in bytes, for e.g. setting the Baseline_ELD_Len field in the ELD header block.

int drm_eld_size(const u8 *eld)¶: Get ELD size in bytes

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to a complete eld memory structure

Description

The returned value does not include the vendor block. It’s vendor specific, and comprises of the remaining bytes in the ELD memory buffer after drm_eld_size() bytes of header and baseline block.

The returned value is guaranteed to be a multiple of 4.

u8 drm_eld_get_spk_alloc(const u8 *eld)¶: Get speaker allocation

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to an ELD memory structure

Description

The returned value is the speakers mask. User has to use DRM_ELD_SPEAKER field definitions to identify speakers.

u8 drm_eld_get_conn_type(const u8 *eld)¶: Get device type hdmi/dp connected

Parameters

const u8 *eld: pointer to an ELD memory structure

Description

The caller need to use DRM_ELD_CONN_TYPE_HDMI or DRM_ELD_CONN_TYPE_DP to identify the display type connected.

int drm_eld_sad_get(const u8 *eld, int sad_index, struct cea_sad *cta_sad)¶: get SAD from ELD to struct cea_sad

Parameters

const u8 *eld: ELD buffer
int sad_index: SAD index
struct cea_sad *cta_sad: destination struct cea_sad

Return

0 on success, or negative on errors

int drm_eld_sad_set(u8 *eld, int sad_index, const struct cea_sad *cta_sad)¶: set SAD to ELD from struct cea_sad

Parameters

u8 *eld: ELD buffer
int sad_index: SAD index
const struct cea_sad *cta_sad: source struct cea_sad

Return

0 on success, or negative on errors

SCDC Helper Functions Reference¶

Status and Control Data Channel (SCDC) is a mechanism introduced by the HDMI 2.0 specification. It is a point-to-point protocol that allows the HDMI source and HDMI sink to exchange data. The same I2C interface that is used to access EDID serves as the transport mechanism for SCDC.

Note: The SCDC status is going to be lost when the display is disconnected. This can happen physically when the user disconnects the cable, but also when a display is switched on (such as waking up a TV).

This is further complicated by the fact that, upon a disconnection / reconnection, KMS won’t change the mode on its own. This means that one can’t just rely on setting the SCDC status on enable, but also has to track the connector status changes using interrupts and restore the SCDC status. The typical solution for this is to trigger an empty modeset in drm_connector_helper_funcs.detect_ctx(), like what vc4 does in vc4_hdmi_reset_link().

int drm_scdc_readb(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u8 offset, u8 *value)¶: read a single byte from SCDC

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter
u8 offset: offset of register to read
u8 *value: return location for the register value

Description

Reads a single byte from SCDC. This is a convenience wrapper around the drm_scdc_read() function.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int drm_scdc_writeb(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u8 offset, u8 value)¶: write a single byte to SCDC

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C adapter
u8 offset: offset of register to read
u8 value: return location for the register value

Description

Writes a single byte to SCDC. This is a convenience wrapper around the drm_scdc_write() function.

Return

0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t drm_scdc_read(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u8 offset, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: read a block of data from SCDC

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C controller
u8 offset: start offset of block to read
void *buffer: return location for the block to read
size_t size: size of the block to read

Description

Reads a block of data from SCDC, starting at a given offset.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

ssize_t drm_scdc_write(struct i2c_adapter *adapter, u8 offset, const void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write a block of data to SCDC

Parameters

struct i2c_adapter *adapter: I2C controller
u8 offset: start offset of block to write
const void *buffer: block of data to write
size_t size: size of the block to write

Description

Writes a block of data to SCDC, starting at a given offset.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

bool drm_scdc_get_scrambling_status(struct drm_connector *connector)¶: what is status of scrambling?

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector

Description

Reads the scrambler status over SCDC, and checks the scrambling status.

Return

True if the scrambling is enabled, false otherwise.

bool drm_scdc_set_scrambling(struct drm_connector *connector, bool enable)¶: enable scrambling

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: connector
bool enable: bool to indicate if scrambling is to be enabled/disabled

Description

Writes the TMDS config register over SCDC channel, and: enables scrambling when enable = 1 disables scrambling when enable = 0

Return

True if scrambling is set/reset successfully, false otherwise.

bool drm_scdc_set_high_tmds_clock_ratio(struct drm_connector *connector, bool set)¶: set TMDS clock ratio

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector

connector

bool set

ret or reset the high clock ratio

TMDS clock ratio calculations go like this:

TMDS character = 10 bit TMDS encoded value

TMDS character rate = The rate at which TMDS characters are transmitted (Mcsc)

TMDS bit rate = 10x TMDS character rate

As per the spec:

TMDS clock rate for pixel clock < 340 MHz = 1x the character rate = 1/10 pixel clock rate

TMDS clock rate for pixel clock > 340 MHz = 0.25x the character rate = 1/40 pixel clock rate

Writes to the TMDS config register over SCDC channel, and:

sets TMDS clock ratio to 1/40 when set = 1

sets TMDS clock ratio to 1/10 when set = 0

Return

True if write is successful, false otherwise.

HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference¶

Strictly speaking this is not a DRM helper library but generally usable by any driver interfacing with HDMI outputs like v4l or alsa drivers. But it nicely fits into the overall topic of mode setting helper libraries and hence is also included here.

struct hdr_sink_metadata¶: HDR sink metadata

Definition:

struct hdr_sink_metadata {
    __u32 metadata_type;
    union {
        struct hdr_static_metadata hdmi_type1;
    };
};

Members

metadata_type: Static_Metadata_Descriptor_ID.
{unnamed_union}: anonymous
hdmi_type1: HDR Metadata Infoframe.

Description

Metadata Information read from Sink’s EDID

union hdmi_infoframe¶: overall union of all abstract infoframe representations

Definition:

union hdmi_infoframe {
    struct hdmi_any_infoframe any;
    struct hdmi_avi_infoframe avi;
    struct hdmi_spd_infoframe spd;
    union hdmi_vendor_any_infoframe vendor;
    struct hdmi_audio_infoframe audio;
    struct hdmi_drm_infoframe drm;
};

Members

any: generic infoframe
avi: avi infoframe
spd: spd infoframe
vendor: union of all vendor infoframes
audio: audio infoframe
drm: Dynamic Range and Mastering infoframe

Description

This is used by the generic pack function. This works since all infoframes have the same header which also indicates which type of infoframe should be packed.

void hdmi_avi_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame)¶: initialize an HDMI AVI infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame: HDMI AVI infoframe

int hdmi_avi_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame)¶: check a HDMI AVI infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame: HDMI AVI infoframe

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_avi_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write HDMI AVI infoframe to binary buffer

Parameters

const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame: HDMI AVI infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_avi_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: check a HDMI AVI infoframe, and write it to binary buffer

Parameters

struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *frame: HDMI AVI infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_spd_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame, const char *vendor, const char *product)¶: initialize an HDMI SPD infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame: HDMI SPD infoframe
const char *vendor: vendor string
const char *product: product string

Description

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_spd_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame)¶: check a HDMI SPD infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame: HDMI SPD infoframe

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_spd_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write HDMI SPD infoframe to binary buffer

Parameters

const struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame: HDMI SPD infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_spd_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: check a HDMI SPD infoframe, and write it to binary buffer

Parameters

struct hdmi_spd_infoframe *frame: HDMI SPD infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_audio_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame)¶: initialize an HDMI audio infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame: HDMI audio infoframe

Description

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_audio_infoframe_check(const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame)¶: check a HDMI audio infoframe

Parameters

const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame: HDMI audio infoframe

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write HDMI audio infoframe to binary buffer

Parameters

const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame: HDMI audio infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: check a HDMI Audio infoframe, and write it to binary buffer

Parameters

struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame: HDMI Audio infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_audio_infoframe_pack_for_dp(const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame, struct dp_sdp *sdp, u8 dp_version)¶: Pack a HDMI Audio infoframe for DisplayPort

Parameters

const struct hdmi_audio_infoframe *frame: HDMI Audio infoframe
struct dp_sdp *sdp: Secondary data packet for DisplayPort.
u8 dp_version: DisplayPort version to be encoded in the header

Description

Packs a HDMI Audio Infoframe to be sent over DisplayPort. This function fills the secondary data packet to be used for DisplayPort.

Return

Number of total written bytes or a negative errno on failure.

int hdmi_vendor_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame)¶: initialize an HDMI vendor infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame: HDMI vendor infoframe

Description

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_vendor_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame)¶: check a HDMI vendor infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_vendor_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write a HDMI vendor infoframe to binary buffer

Parameters

const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_vendor_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: check a HDMI Vendor infoframe, and write it to binary buffer

Parameters

struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *frame: HDMI Vendor infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_drm_infoframe_init(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame)¶: initialize an HDMI Dynaminc Range and mastering infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame: HDMI DRM infoframe

Description

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_drm_infoframe_check(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame)¶: check a HDMI DRM infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame: HDMI DRM infoframe

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent. Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_drm_infoframe_pack_only(const struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write HDMI DRM infoframe to binary buffer

Parameters

const struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame: HDMI DRM infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_drm_infoframe_pack(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: check a HDMI DRM infoframe, and write it to binary buffer

Parameters

struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame: HDMI DRM infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_infoframe_check(union hdmi_infoframe *frame)¶: check a HDMI infoframe

Parameters

union hdmi_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_infoframe_pack_only(const union hdmi_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: write a HDMI infoframe to binary buffer

Parameters

const union hdmi_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. Also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

ssize_t hdmi_infoframe_pack(union hdmi_infoframe *frame, void *buffer, size_t size)¶: check a HDMI infoframe, and write it to binary buffer

Parameters

union hdmi_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe
void *buffer: destination buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Validates that the infoframe is consistent and updates derived fields (eg. length) based on other fields, after which it packs the information contained in the frame structure into a binary representation that can be written into the corresponding controller registers. This function also computes the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns the number of bytes packed into the binary buffer or a negative error code on failure.

void hdmi_infoframe_log(const char *level, struct device *dev, const union hdmi_infoframe *frame)¶: log info of HDMI infoframe

Parameters

const char *level: logging level
struct device *dev: device
const union hdmi_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe

int hdmi_drm_infoframe_unpack_only(struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame, const void *buffer, size_t size)¶: unpack binary buffer of CTA-861-G DRM infoframe DataBytes to a HDMI DRM infoframe

Parameters

struct hdmi_drm_infoframe *frame: HDMI DRM infoframe
const void *buffer: source buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Unpacks CTA-861-G DRM infoframe DataBytes contained in the binary buffer into a structured frame of the HDMI Dynamic Range and Mastering (DRM) infoframe.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

int hdmi_infoframe_unpack(union hdmi_infoframe *frame, const void *buffer, size_t size)¶: unpack binary buffer to a HDMI infoframe

Parameters

union hdmi_infoframe *frame: HDMI infoframe
const void *buffer: source buffer
size_t size: size of buffer

Description

Unpacks the information contained in binary buffer buffer into a structured frame of a HDMI infoframe. Also verifies the checksum as required by section 5.3.5 of the HDMI 1.4 specification.

Returns 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.

Rectangle Utilities Reference¶

Utility functions to help manage rectangular areas for clipping, scaling, etc. calculations.

struct drm_rect¶: two dimensional rectangle

Definition:

struct drm_rect {
    int x1, y1, x2, y2;
};

Members

x1: horizontal starting coordinate (inclusive)
y1: vertical starting coordinate (inclusive)
x2: horizontal ending coordinate (exclusive)
y2: vertical ending coordinate (exclusive)

Description

Note that this must match the layout of struct drm_mode_rect or the damage helpers like drm_atomic_helper_damage_iter_init() break.

DRM_RECT_INIT¶

DRM_RECT_INIT (x, y, w, h)

initialize a rectangle from x/y/w/h

Parameters

x: x coordinate
y: y coordinate
w: width
h: height

Return

A new rectangle of the specified size.

DRM_RECT_FMT¶

DRM_RECT_FMT

printf string for struct drm_rect

DRM_RECT_ARG¶

DRM_RECT_ARG (r)

printf arguments for struct drm_rect

Parameters

r: rectangle struct

DRM_RECT_FP_FMT¶

DRM_RECT_FP_FMT

printf string for struct drm_rect in 16.16 fixed point

DRM_RECT_FP_ARG¶

DRM_RECT_FP_ARG (r)

printf arguments for struct drm_rect in 16.16 fixed point

Parameters

r: rectangle struct

Description

This is useful for e.g. printing plane source rectangles, which are in 16.16 fixed point.

void drm_rect_init(struct drm_rect *r, int x, int y, int width, int height)¶: initialize the rectangle from x/y/w/h

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle
int x: x coordinate
int y: y coordinate
int width: width
int height: height

void drm_rect_adjust_size(struct drm_rect *r, int dw, int dh)¶: adjust the size of the rectangle

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to be adjusted
int dw: horizontal adjustment
int dh: vertical adjustment

Description

Change the size of rectangle r by dw in the horizontal direction, and by dh in the vertical direction, while keeping the center of r stationary.

Positive dw and dh increase the size, negative values decrease it.

void drm_rect_translate(struct drm_rect *r, int dx, int dy)¶: translate the rectangle

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to be translated
int dx: horizontal translation
int dy: vertical translation

Description

Move rectangle r by dx in the horizontal direction, and by dy in the vertical direction.

void drm_rect_translate_to(struct drm_rect *r, int x, int y)¶: translate the rectangle to an absolute position

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to be translated
int x: horizontal position
int y: vertical position

Description

Move rectangle r to x in the horizontal direction, and to y in the vertical direction.

void drm_rect_downscale(struct drm_rect *r, int horz, int vert)¶: downscale a rectangle

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to be downscaled
int horz: horizontal downscale factor
int vert: vertical downscale factor

Description

Divide the coordinates of rectangle r by horz and vert.

int drm_rect_width(const struct drm_rect *r)¶: determine the rectangle width

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *r: rectangle whose width is returned

Return

The width of the rectangle.

int drm_rect_height(const struct drm_rect *r)¶: determine the rectangle height

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *r: rectangle whose height is returned

Return

The height of the rectangle.

bool drm_rect_visible(const struct drm_rect *r)¶: determine if the rectangle is visible

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *r: rectangle whose visibility is returned

Return

true if the rectangle is visible, false otherwise.

bool drm_rect_equals(const struct drm_rect *r1, const struct drm_rect *r2)¶: determine if two rectangles are equal

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *r1: first rectangle
const struct drm_rect *r2: second rectangle

Return

true if the rectangles are equal, false otherwise.

void drm_rect_fp_to_int(struct drm_rect *dst, const struct drm_rect *src)¶: Convert a rect in 16.16 fixed point form to int form.

Parameters

struct drm_rect *dst: rect to be stored the converted value
const struct drm_rect *src: rect in 16.16 fixed point form

bool drm_rect_overlap(const struct drm_rect *a, const struct drm_rect *b)¶: Check if two rectangles overlap

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *a: first rectangle
const struct drm_rect *b: second rectangle

Return

true if the rectangles overlap, false otherwise.

bool drm_rect_intersect(struct drm_rect *r1, const struct drm_rect *r2)¶: intersect two rectangles

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r1: first rectangle
const struct drm_rect *r2: second rectangle

Description

Calculate the intersection of rectangles r1 and r2. r1 will be overwritten with the intersection.

Return

true if rectangle r1 is still visible after the operation, false otherwise.

bool drm_rect_clip_scaled(struct drm_rect *src, struct drm_rect *dst, const struct drm_rect *clip)¶: perform a scaled clip operation

Parameters

struct drm_rect *src: source window rectangle
struct drm_rect *dst: destination window rectangle
const struct drm_rect *clip: clip rectangle

Description

Clip rectangle dst by rectangle clip. Clip rectangle src by the corresponding amounts, retaining the vertical and horizontal scaling factors from src to dst.

Return

true if rectangle dst is still visible after being clipped, false otherwise.

int drm_rect_calc_hscale(const struct drm_rect *src, const struct drm_rect *dst, int min_hscale, int max_hscale)¶: calculate the horizontal scaling factor

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *src: source window rectangle
const struct drm_rect *dst: destination window rectangle
int min_hscale: minimum allowed horizontal scaling factor
int max_hscale: maximum allowed horizontal scaling factor

Description

Calculate the horizontal scaling factor as (src width) / (dst width).

If the scale is below 1 << 16, round down. If the scale is above 1 << 16, round up. This will calculate the scale with the most pessimistic limit calculation.

Return

The horizontal scaling factor, or errno of out of limits.

int drm_rect_calc_vscale(const struct drm_rect *src, const struct drm_rect *dst, int min_vscale, int max_vscale)¶: calculate the vertical scaling factor

Parameters

const struct drm_rect *src: source window rectangle
const struct drm_rect *dst: destination window rectangle
int min_vscale: minimum allowed vertical scaling factor
int max_vscale: maximum allowed vertical scaling factor

Description

Calculate the vertical scaling factor as (src height) / (dst height).

If the scale is below 1 << 16, round down. If the scale is above 1 << 16, round up. This will calculate the scale with the most pessimistic limit calculation.

Return

The vertical scaling factor, or errno of out of limits.

void drm_rect_debug_print(const char *prefix, const struct drm_rect *r, bool fixed_point)¶: print the rectangle information

Parameters

const char *prefix: prefix string
const struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to print
bool fixed_point: rectangle is in 16.16 fixed point format

void drm_rect_rotate(struct drm_rect *r, int width, int height, unsigned int rotation)¶: Rotate the rectangle

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to be rotated
int width: Width of the coordinate space
int height: Height of the coordinate space
unsigned int rotation: Transformation to be applied

Description

Apply rotation to the coordinates of rectangle r.

width and height combined with rotation define the location of the new origin.

width correcsponds to the horizontal and height to the vertical axis of the untransformed coordinate space.

void drm_rect_rotate_inv(struct drm_rect *r, int width, int height, unsigned int rotation)¶: Inverse rotate the rectangle

Parameters

struct drm_rect *r: rectangle to be rotated
int width: Width of the coordinate space
int height: Height of the coordinate space
unsigned int rotation: Transformation whose inverse is to be applied

Description

Apply the inverse of rotation to the coordinates of rectangle r.

width and height combined with rotation define the location of the new origin.

width correcsponds to the horizontal and height to the vertical axis of the original untransformed coordinate space, so that you never have to flip them when doing a rotatation and its inverse. That is, if you do

drm_rect_rotate(&r, width, height, rotation);
drm_rect_rotate_inv(&r, width, height, rotation);

you will always get back the original rectangle.

Flip-work Helper Reference¶

Utility to queue up work to run from work-queue context after flip/vblank. Typically this can be used to defer unref of framebuffer’s, cursor bo’s, etc until after vblank. The APIs are all thread-safe. Moreover, drm_flip_work_commit() can be called in atomic context.

struct drm_flip_work¶: flip work queue

Definition:

struct drm_flip_work {
    const char *name;
    drm_flip_func_t func;
    struct work_struct worker;
    struct list_head queued;
    struct list_head commited;
    spinlock_t lock;
};

Members

name: debug name
func: callback fxn called for each committed item
worker: worker which calls func
queued: queued tasks
commited: commited tasks
lock: lock to access queued and commited lists

void drm_flip_work_queue(struct drm_flip_work *work, void *val)¶: queue work

Parameters

struct drm_flip_work *work: the flip-work
void *val: the value to queue

Description

Queues work, that will later be run (passed back to drm_flip_func_t func) on a work queue after drm_flip_work_commit() is called.

void drm_flip_work_commit(struct drm_flip_work *work, struct workqueue_struct *wq)¶: commit queued work

Parameters

struct drm_flip_work *work: the flip-work
struct workqueue_struct *wq: the work-queue to run the queued work on

Description

Trigger work previously queued by drm_flip_work_queue() to run on a workqueue. The typical usage would be to queue work (via drm_flip_work_queue()) at any point (from vblank irq and/or prior), and then from vblank irq commit the queued work.

void drm_flip_work_init(struct drm_flip_work *work, const char *name, drm_flip_func_t func)¶: initialize flip-work

Parameters

struct drm_flip_work *work: the flip-work to initialize
const char *name: debug name
drm_flip_func_t func: the callback work function

Description

Initializes/allocates resources for the flip-work

void drm_flip_work_cleanup(struct drm_flip_work *work)¶: cleans up flip-work

Parameters

struct drm_flip_work *work: the flip-work to cleanup

Description

Destroy resources allocated for the flip-work

Auxiliary Modeset Helpers¶

This helper library contains various one-off functions which don’t really fit anywhere else in the DRM modeset helper library.

void drm_helper_move_panel_connectors_to_head(struct drm_device *dev)¶: move panels to the front in the connector list

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm device to operate on

Description

Some userspace presumes that the first connected connector is the main display, where it’s supposed to display e.g. the login screen. For laptops, this should be the main panel. Use this function to sort all (eDP/LVDS/DSI) panels to the front of the connector list, instead of painstakingly trying to initialize them in the right order.

void drm_helper_mode_fill_fb_struct(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_framebuffer *fb, const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd)¶: fill out framebuffer metadata

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_framebuffer *fb: drm_framebuffer object to fill out
const struct drm_mode_fb_cmd2 *mode_cmd: metadata from the userspace fb creation request

Description

This helper can be used in a drivers fb_create callback to pre-fill the fb’s metadata fields.

int drm_crtc_init(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_crtc *crtc, const struct drm_crtc_funcs *funcs)¶: Legacy CRTC initialization function

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct drm_crtc *crtc: CRTC object to init
const struct drm_crtc_funcs *funcs: callbacks for the new CRTC

Description

Initialize a CRTC object with a default helper-provided primary plane and no cursor plane.

Note that we make some assumptions about hardware limitations that may not be true for all hardware:

Primary plane cannot be repositioned.
Primary plane cannot be scaled.
Primary plane must cover the entire CRTC.
Subpixel positioning is not supported.
The primary plane must always be on if the CRTC is enabled.

This is purely a backwards compatibility helper for old drivers. Drivers should instead implement their own primary plane. Atomic drivers must do so. Drivers with the above hardware restriction can look into using struct drm_simple_display_pipe, which encapsulates the above limitations into a nice interface.

Return

Zero on success, error code on failure.

int drm_mode_config_helper_suspend(struct drm_device *dev)¶: Modeset suspend helper

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device

Description

This helper function takes care of suspending the modeset side. It disables output polling if initialized, suspends fbdev if used and finally calls drm_atomic_helper_suspend(). If suspending fails, fbdev and polling is re-enabled.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on error.

int drm_mode_config_helper_resume(struct drm_device *dev)¶: Modeset resume helper

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device

Description

This helper function takes care of resuming the modeset side. It calls drm_atomic_helper_resume(), resumes fbdev if used and enables output polling if initiaized.

Return

Zero on success, negative error code on error.

OF/DT Helpers¶

A set of helper functions to aid DRM drivers in parsing standard DT properties.

uint32_t drm_of_crtc_port_mask(struct drm_device *dev, struct device_node *port)¶: find the mask of a registered CRTC by port OF node

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct device_node *port: port OF node

Description

Given a port OF node, return the possible mask of the corresponding CRTC within a device’s list of CRTCs. Returns zero if not found.

uint32_t drm_of_find_possible_crtcs(struct drm_device *dev, struct device_node *port)¶: find the possible CRTCs for an encoder port

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device
struct device_node *port: encoder port to scan for endpoints

Description

Scan all endpoints attached to a port, locate their attached CRTCs, and generate the DRM mask of CRTCs which may be attached to this encoder.

See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for the bindings.

void drm_of_component_match_add(struct device *master, struct component_match **matchptr, int (*compare)(struct device*, void*), struct device_node *node)¶: Add a component helper OF node match rule

Parameters

struct device *master: master device
struct component_match **matchptr: component match pointer
int (*compare)(struct device *, void *): compare function used for matching component
struct device_node *node: of_node

int drm_of_component_probe(struct device *dev, int (*compare_of)(struct device*, void*), const struct component_master_ops *m_ops)¶: Generic probe function for a component based master

Parameters

struct device *dev: master device containing the OF node
int (*compare_of)(struct device *, void *): compare function used for matching components
const struct component_master_ops *m_ops: component master ops to be used

Description

Parse the platform device OF node and bind all the components associated with the master. Interface ports are added before the encoders in order to satisfy their .bind requirements See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt for the bindings.

Returns zero if successful, or one of the standard error codes if it fails.

int drm_of_find_panel_or_bridge(const struct device_node *np, int port, int endpoint, struct drm_panel **panel, struct drm_bridge **bridge)¶: return connected panel or bridge device

Parameters

const struct device_node *np: device tree node containing encoder output ports
int port: port in the device tree node
int endpoint: endpoint in the device tree node
struct drm_panel **panel: pointer to hold returned drm_panel
struct drm_bridge **bridge: pointer to hold returned drm_bridge

Description

Given a DT node’s port and endpoint number, find the connected node and return either the associated struct drm_panel or drm_bridge device. Either panel or bridge must not be NULL.

This function is deprecated and should not be used in new drivers. Use devm_drm_of_get_bridge() instead.

Returns zero if successful, or one of the standard error codes if it fails.

int drm_of_lvds_get_dual_link_pixel_order(const struct device_node *port1, const struct device_node *port2)¶: Get LVDS dual-link pixel order

Parameters

const struct device_node *port1: First DT port node of the Dual-link LVDS source
const struct device_node *port2: Second DT port node of the Dual-link LVDS source

Description

An LVDS dual-link connection is made of two links, with even pixels transitting on one link, and odd pixels on the other link. This function returns, for two ports of an LVDS dual-link source, which port shall transmit the even and odd pixels, based on the requirements of the connected sink.

The pixel order is determined from the dual-lvds-even-pixels and dual-lvds-odd-pixels properties in the sink’s DT port nodes. If those properties are not present, or if their usage is not valid, this function returns -EINVAL.

If either port is not connected, this function returns -EPIPE.

port1 and port2 are typically DT sibling nodes, but may have different parents when, for instance, two separate LVDS encoders carry the even and odd pixels.

Return

DRM_LVDS_DUAL_LINK_EVEN_ODD_PIXELS - port1 carries even pixels and port2 carries odd pixels
DRM_LVDS_DUAL_LINK_ODD_EVEN_PIXELS - port1 carries odd pixels and port2 carries even pixels
-EINVAL - port1 and port2 are not connected to a dual-link LVDS sink, or the sink configuration is invalid
-EPIPE - when port1 or port2 are not connected

int drm_of_lvds_get_data_mapping(const struct device_node *port)¶: Get LVDS data mapping

Parameters

const struct device_node *port: DT port node of the LVDS source or sink

Description

Convert DT “data-mapping” property string value into media bus format value.

Return

MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X7X3_SPWG - data-mapping is “jeida-18”
MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA - data-mapping is “jeida-24”
MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_SPWG - data-mapping is “vesa-24”
-EINVAL - the “data-mapping” property is unsupported
-ENODEV - the “data-mapping” property is missing

int drm_of_get_data_lanes_count(const struct device_node *endpoint, const unsigned int min, const unsigned int max)¶: Get DSI/(e)DP data lane count

Parameters

const struct device_node *endpoint: DT endpoint node of the DSI/(e)DP source or sink
const unsigned int min: minimum supported number of data lanes
const unsigned int max: maximum supported number of data lanes

Description

Count DT “data-lanes” property elements and check for validity.

Return

min..max - positive integer count of “data-lanes” elements
-ve - the “data-lanes” property is missing or invalid
-EINVAL - the “data-lanes” property is unsupported

int drm_of_get_data_lanes_count_ep(const struct device_node *port, int port_reg, int reg, const unsigned int min, const unsigned int max)¶: Get DSI/(e)DP data lane count by endpoint

Parameters

const struct device_node *port: DT port node of the DSI/(e)DP source or sink
int port_reg: identifier (value of reg property) of the parent port node
int reg: identifier (value of reg property) of the endpoint node
const unsigned int min: minimum supported number of data lanes
const unsigned int max: maximum supported number of data lanes

Description

Count DT “data-lanes” property elements and check for validity. This variant uses endpoint specifier.

Return

min..max - positive integer count of “data-lanes” elements
-EINVAL - the “data-mapping” property is unsupported
-ENODEV - the “data-mapping” property is missing

struct mipi_dsi_host *drm_of_get_dsi_bus(struct device *dev)¶: find the DSI bus for a given device

Parameters

struct device *dev: parent device of display (SPI, I2C)

Description

Gets parent DSI bus for a DSI device controlled through a bus other than MIPI-DCS (SPI, I2C, etc.) using the Device Tree.

Returns pointer to mipi_dsi_host if successful, -EINVAL if the request is unsupported, -EPROBE_DEFER if the DSI host is found but not available, or -ENODEV otherwise.

Legacy Plane Helper Reference¶

This helper library contains helpers to implement primary plane support on top of the normal CRTC configuration interface. Since the legacy drm_mode_config_funcs.set_config interface ties the primary plane together with the CRTC state this does not allow userspace to disable the primary plane itself. The default primary plane only expose XRBG8888 and ARGB8888 as valid pixel formats for the attached framebuffer.

Drivers are highly recommended to implement proper support for primary planes, and newly merged drivers must not rely upon these transitional helpers.

The plane helpers share the function table structures with other helpers, specifically also the atomic helpers. See struct drm_plane_helper_funcs for the details.

int drm_plane_helper_update_primary(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_framebuffer *fb, int crtc_x, int crtc_y, unsigned int crtc_w, unsigned int crtc_h, uint32_t src_x, uint32_t src_y, uint32_t src_w, uint32_t src_h, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: Helper for updating primary planes

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: plane to update
struct drm_crtc *crtc: the plane’s new CRTC
struct drm_framebuffer *fb: the plane’s new framebuffer
int crtc_x: x coordinate within CRTC
int crtc_y: y coordinate within CRTC
unsigned int crtc_w: width coordinate within CRTC
unsigned int crtc_h: height coordinate within CRTC
uint32_t src_x: x coordinate within source
uint32_t src_y: y coordinate within source
uint32_t src_w: width coordinate within source
uint32_t src_h: height coordinate within source
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: modeset locking context

Description

This helper validates the given parameters and updates the primary plane.

This function is only useful for non-atomic modesetting. Don’t use it in new drivers.

Return

Zero on success, or an errno code otherwise.

int drm_plane_helper_disable_primary(struct drm_plane *plane, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: Helper for disabling primary planes

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: plane to disable
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: modeset locking context

Description

This helper returns an error when trying to disable the primary plane.

This function is only useful for non-atomic modesetting. Don’t use it in new drivers.

Return

An errno code.

void drm_plane_helper_destroy(struct drm_plane *plane)¶: Helper for primary plane destruction

Parameters

struct drm_plane *plane: plane to destroy

Description

Provides a default plane destroy handler for primary planes. This handler is called during CRTC destruction. We disable the primary plane, remove it from the DRM plane list, and deallocate the plane structure.

Legacy CRTC/Modeset Helper Functions Reference¶

The CRTC modeset helper library provides a default set_config implementation in drm_crtc_helper_set_config(). Plus a few other convenience functions using the same callbacks which drivers can use to e.g. restore the modeset configuration on resume with drm_helper_resume_force_mode().

Note that this helper library doesn’t track the current power state of CRTCs and encoders. It can call callbacks like drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms even though the hardware is already in the desired state. This deficiency has been fixed in the atomic helpers.

The driver callbacks are mostly compatible with the atomic modeset helpers, except for the handling of the primary plane: Atomic helpers require that the primary plane is implemented as a real standalone plane and not directly tied to the CRTC state. For easier transition this library provides functions to implement the old semantics required by the CRTC helpers using the new plane and atomic helper callbacks.

Drivers are strongly urged to convert to the atomic helpers (by way of first converting to the plane helpers). New drivers must not use these functions but need to implement the atomic interface instead, potentially using the atomic helpers for that.

These legacy modeset helpers use the same function table structures as all other modesetting helpers. See the documentation for struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs, struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs and struct drm_connector_helper_funcs.

bool drm_helper_encoder_in_use(struct drm_encoder *encoder)¶: check if a given encoder is in use

Parameters

struct drm_encoder *encoder: encoder to check

Description

Checks whether encoder is with the current mode setting output configuration in use by any connector. This doesn’t mean that it is actually enabled since the DPMS state is tracked separately.

Return

True if encoder is used, false otherwise.

bool drm_helper_crtc_in_use(struct drm_crtc *crtc)¶: check if a given CRTC is in a mode_config

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: CRTC to check

Description

Checks whether crtc is with the current mode setting output configuration in use by any connector. This doesn’t mean that it is actually enabled since the DPMS state is tracked separately.

Return

True if crtc is used, false otherwise.

void drm_helper_disable_unused_functions(struct drm_device *dev)¶: disable unused objects

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device

Description

This function walks through the entire mode setting configuration of dev. It will remove any CRTC links of unused encoders and encoder links of disconnected connectors. Then it will disable all unused encoders and CRTCs either by calling their disable callback if available or by calling their dpms callback with DRM_MODE_DPMS_OFF.

This function is part of the legacy modeset helper library and will cause major confusion with atomic drivers. This is because atomic helpers guarantee to never call ->disable() hooks on a disabled function, or ->enable() hooks on an enabled functions. drm_helper_disable_unused_functions() on the other hand throws such guarantees into the wind and calls disable hooks unconditionally on unused functions.

NOTE

bool drm_crtc_helper_set_mode(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_display_mode *mode, int x, int y, struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb)¶: internal helper to set a mode

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: CRTC to program
struct drm_display_mode *mode: mode to use
int x: horizontal offset into the surface
int y: vertical offset into the surface
struct drm_framebuffer *old_fb: old framebuffer, for cleanup

Description

Try to set mode on crtc. Give crtc and its associated connectors a chance to fixup or reject the mode prior to trying to set it. This is an internal helper that drivers could e.g. use to update properties that require the entire output pipe to be disabled and re-enabled in a new configuration. For example for changing whether audio is enabled on a hdmi link or for changing panel fitter or dither attributes. It is also called by the drm_crtc_helper_set_config() helper function to drive the mode setting sequence.

Return

True if the mode was set successfully, false otherwise.

int drm_crtc_helper_atomic_check(struct drm_crtc *crtc, struct drm_atomic_state *state)¶: Helper to check CRTC atomic-state

Parameters

struct drm_crtc *crtc: CRTC to check
struct drm_atomic_state *state: atomic state object

Description

Provides a default CRTC-state check handler for CRTCs that only have one primary plane attached to it. This is often the case for the CRTC of simple framebuffers.

Return

Zero on success, or an errno code otherwise.

int drm_crtc_helper_set_config(struct drm_mode_set *set, struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx)¶: set a new config from userspace

Parameters

struct drm_mode_set *set: mode set configuration
struct drm_modeset_acquire_ctx *ctx: lock acquire context, not used here

Description

The drm_crtc_helper_set_config() helper function implements the of drm_crtc_funcs.set_config callback for drivers using the legacy CRTC helpers.

It first tries to locate the best encoder for each connector by calling the connector drm_connector_helper_funcs.best_encoder helper operation.

After locating the appropriate encoders, the helper function will call the mode_fixup encoder and CRTC helper operations to adjust the requested mode, or reject it completely in which case an error will be returned to the application. If the new configuration after mode adjustment is identical to the current configuration the helper function will return without performing any other operation.

If the adjusted mode is identical to the current mode but changes to the frame buffer need to be applied, the drm_crtc_helper_set_config() function will call the CRTC drm_crtc_helper_funcs.mode_set_base helper operation.

If the adjusted mode differs from the current mode, or if the ->mode_set_base() helper operation is not provided, the helper function performs a full mode set sequence by calling the ->prepare(), ->mode_set() and ->commit() CRTC and encoder helper operations, in that order. Alternatively it can also use the dpms and disable helper operations. For details see struct drm_crtc_helper_funcs and struct drm_encoder_helper_funcs.

This function is deprecated. New drivers must implement atomic modeset support, for which this function is unsuitable. Instead drivers should use drm_atomic_helper_set_config().

Return

Returns 0 on success, negative errno numbers on failure.

int drm_helper_connector_dpms(struct drm_connector *connector, int mode)¶: connector dpms helper implementation

Parameters

struct drm_connector *connector: affected connector
int mode: DPMS mode

Description

The drm_helper_connector_dpms() helper function implements the drm_connector_funcs.dpms callback for drivers using the legacy CRTC helpers.

This is the main helper function provided by the CRTC helper framework for implementing the DPMS connector attribute. It computes the new desired DPMS state for all encoders and CRTCs in the output mesh and calls the drm_crtc_helper_funcs.dpms and drm_encoder_helper_funcs.dpms callbacks provided by the driver.

This function is deprecated. New drivers must implement atomic modeset support, where DPMS is handled in the DRM core.

Return

Always returns 0.

void drm_helper_resume_force_mode(struct drm_device *dev)¶: force-restore mode setting configuration

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: drm_device which should be restored

Description

Drivers which use the mode setting helpers can use this function to force-restore the mode setting configuration e.g. on resume or when something else might have trampled over the hw state (like some overzealous old BIOSen tended to do).

This helper doesn’t provide a error return value since restoring the old config should never fail due to resource allocation issues since the driver has successfully set the restored configuration already. Hence this should boil down to the equivalent of a few dpms on calls, which also don’t provide an error code.

Drivers where simply restoring an old configuration again might fail (e.g. due to slight differences in allocating shared resources when the configuration is restored in a different order than when userspace set it up) need to use their own restore logic.

This function is deprecated. New drivers should implement atomic mode- setting and use the atomic suspend/resume helpers.

int drm_helper_force_disable_all(struct drm_device *dev)¶: Forcibly turn off all enabled CRTCs

Parameters

struct drm_device *dev: DRM device whose CRTCs to turn off

Description

Drivers may want to call this on unload to ensure that all displays are unlit and the GPU is in a consistent, low power state. Takes modeset locks.

Note

This should only be used by non-atomic legacy drivers. For an atomic version look at drm_atomic_helper_shutdown().

Return

Zero on success, error code on failure.

Privacy-screen class¶

This class allows non KMS drivers, from e.g. drivers/platform/x86 to register a privacy-screen device, which the KMS drivers can then use to implement the standard privacy-screen properties, see Standard Connector Properties.

KMS drivers using a privacy-screen class device are advised to use the drm_connector_attach_privacy_screen_provider() and drm_connector_update_privacy_screen() helpers for dealing with this.

struct drm_privacy_screen_ops¶: drm_privacy_screen operations

Definition:

struct drm_privacy_screen_ops {
    int (*set_sw_state)(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv, enum drm_privacy_screen_status sw_state);
    void (*get_hw_state)(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv);
};

Members

set_sw_state: Called to request a change of the privacy-screen state. The privacy-screen class code contains a check to avoid this getting called when the hw_state reports the state is locked. It is the driver’s responsibility to update sw_state and hw_state. This is always called with the drm_privacy_screen’s lock held.
get_hw_state: Called to request that the driver gets the current privacy-screen state from the hardware and then updates sw_state and hw_state accordingly. This will be called by the core just before the privacy-screen is registered in sysfs.

Description

Defines the operations which the privacy-screen class code may call. These functions should be implemented by the privacy-screen driver.

struct drm_privacy_screen¶: central privacy-screen structure

Definition:

struct drm_privacy_screen {
    struct device dev;
    struct mutex lock;
    struct list_head list;
    struct blocking_notifier_head notifier_head;
    const struct drm_privacy_screen_ops *ops;
    enum drm_privacy_screen_status sw_state;
    enum drm_privacy_screen_status hw_state;
    void *drvdata;
};

Members

dev: device used to register the privacy-screen in sysfs.
lock: mutex protection all fields in this struct.
list: privacy-screen devices list list-entry.
notifier_head: privacy-screen notifier head.
ops: struct drm_privacy_screen_ops for this privacy-screen. This is NULL if the driver has unregistered the privacy-screen.
sw_state: The privacy-screen’s software state, see Standard Connector Properties for more info.
hw_state: The privacy-screen’s hardware state, see Standard Connector Properties for more info.
drvdata: Private data owned by the privacy screen provider

Description

Central privacy-screen structure, this contains the struct device used to register the screen in sysfs, the screen’s state, ops, etc.

struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup¶: static privacy-screen lookup list entry

Definition:

struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup {
    struct list_head list;
    const char *dev_id;
    const char *con_id;
    const char *provider;
};

Members

list: Lookup list list-entry.
dev_id: Consumer device name or NULL to match all devices.
con_id: Consumer connector name or NULL to match all connectors.
provider: dev_name() of the privacy_screen provider.

Description

Used for the static lookup-list for mapping privacy-screen consumer dev-connector pairs to a privacy-screen provider.

void drm_privacy_screen_lookup_add(struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup *lookup)¶: add an entry to the static privacy-screen lookup list

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup *lookup: lookup list entry to add

Description

Add an entry to the static privacy-screen lookup list. Note the struct list_head which is part of the struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup gets added to a list owned by the privacy-screen core. So the passed in struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup must not be free-ed until it is removed from the lookup list by calling drm_privacy_screen_lookup_remove().

void drm_privacy_screen_lookup_remove(struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup *lookup)¶: remove an entry to the static privacy-screen lookup list

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen_lookup *lookup: lookup list entry to remove

Description

Remove an entry previously added with drm_privacy_screen_lookup_add() from the static privacy-screen lookup list.

struct drm_privacy_screen *drm_privacy_screen_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id)¶: get a privacy-screen provider

Parameters

struct device *dev: consumer-device for which to get a privacy-screen provider
const char *con_id: (video)connector name for which to get a privacy-screen provider

Description

Get a privacy-screen provider for a privacy-screen attached to the display described by the dev and con_id parameters.

Return

A pointer to a struct drm_privacy_screen on success.
ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) if no matching privacy-screen is found
ERR_PTR(-EPROBE_DEFER) if there is a matching privacy-screen,
but it has not been registered yet.

void drm_privacy_screen_put(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv)¶: release a privacy-screen reference

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: privacy screen reference to release

Description

Release a privacy-screen provider reference gotten through drm_privacy_screen_get(). May be called with a NULL or ERR_PTR, in which case it is a no-op.

int drm_privacy_screen_set_sw_state(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv, enum drm_privacy_screen_status sw_state)¶: set a privacy-screen’s sw-state

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: privacy screen to set the sw-state for
enum drm_privacy_screen_status sw_state: new sw-state value to set

Description

Set the sw-state of a privacy screen. If the privacy-screen is not in a locked hw-state, then the actual and hw-state of the privacy-screen will be immediately updated to the new value. If the privacy-screen is in a locked hw-state, then the new sw-state will be remembered as the requested state to put the privacy-screen in when it becomes unlocked.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

void drm_privacy_screen_get_state(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv, enum drm_privacy_screen_status *sw_state_ret, enum drm_privacy_screen_status *hw_state_ret)¶: get privacy-screen’s current state

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: privacy screen to get the state for
enum drm_privacy_screen_status *sw_state_ret: address where to store the privacy-screens current sw-state
enum drm_privacy_screen_status *hw_state_ret: address where to store the privacy-screens current hw-state

Description

Get the current state of a privacy-screen, both the sw-state and the hw-state.

int drm_privacy_screen_register_notifier(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv, struct notifier_block *nb)¶: register a notifier

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: Privacy screen to register the notifier with
struct notifier_block *nb: Notifier-block for the notifier to register

Description

Register a notifier with the privacy-screen to be notified of changes made to the privacy-screen state from outside of the privacy-screen class. E.g. the state may be changed by the hardware itself in response to a hotkey press.

The notifier is called with no locks held. The new hw_state and sw_state can be retrieved using the drm_privacy_screen_get_state() function. A pointer to the drm_privacy_screen’s struct is passed as the void *data argument of the notifier_block’s notifier_call.

The notifier will NOT be called when changes are made through drm_privacy_screen_set_sw_state(). It is only called for external changes.

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

int drm_privacy_screen_unregister_notifier(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv, struct notifier_block *nb)¶: unregister a notifier

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: Privacy screen to register the notifier with
struct notifier_block *nb: Notifier-block for the notifier to register

Description

Unregister a notifier registered with drm_privacy_screen_register_notifier().

Return

0 on success, negative error code on failure.

struct drm_privacy_screen *drm_privacy_screen_register(struct device *parent, const struct drm_privacy_screen_ops *ops, void *data)¶: register a privacy-screen

Parameters

struct device *parent: parent-device for the privacy-screen
const struct drm_privacy_screen_ops *ops: struct drm_privacy_screen_ops pointer with ops for the privacy-screen
void *data: Private data owned by the privacy screen provider

Description

Create and register a privacy-screen.

Return

A pointer to the created privacy-screen on success.
An ERR_PTR(errno) on failure.

void drm_privacy_screen_unregister(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv)¶: unregister privacy-screen

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: privacy-screen to unregister

Description

Unregister a privacy-screen registered with drm_privacy_screen_register(). May be called with a NULL or ERR_PTR, in which case it is a no-op.

void drm_privacy_screen_call_notifier_chain(struct drm_privacy_screen *priv)¶: notify consumers of state change

Parameters

struct drm_privacy_screen *priv: Privacy screen to register the notifier with

Description

A privacy-screen provider driver can call this functions upon external changes to the privacy-screen state. E.g. the state may be changed by the hardware itself in response to a hotkey press. This function must be called without holding the privacy-screen lock. the driver must update sw_state and hw_state to reflect the new state before calling this function. The expected behavior from the driver upon receiving an external state change event is: 1. Take the lock; 2. Update sw_state and hw_state; 3. Release the lock. 4. Call drm_privacy_screen_call_notifier_chain().